NEC NP-PA500X REPLACED BY NP-P501X 5000-lumen Advanced User Manual

Portable Projector

PA600X/PA500X/

PA550W/PA500U

User’s Manual

Model No.

NP-PA600X/NP-PA500X/NP-PA550W/NP-PA500U

5th edition, February 2012

•฀Macintosh,฀Mac฀OS฀X฀and฀PowerBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.

•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀

trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.

•฀Adobe,฀Adobe฀PDF,฀Adobe฀Reader,฀and฀Acrobat฀are฀either฀registered฀trademarks฀or฀trademarks฀of฀Adobe฀Systems฀

Incorporated฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.

•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀

Licensing฀LLC.

•฀DisplayPort,฀DisplayPort฀Certied฀Logo,฀VESA,฀and฀VESA฀logo฀are฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Video฀Electronics฀Standards฀

Association,฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.฀

•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀

countries฀and฀areas.

•฀Wi-Fi

,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance

,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)

฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-

ance.

•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association

•฀CRESTRON฀and฀ROOMVIEW฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electronics,฀Inc.฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀

countries.

•฀Other฀product฀and฀company฀names฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀

of฀their฀respective฀holders.

NOTES

(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.

(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀

points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.

(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀

to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.

CAUTION

To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.

The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀

accessible.

CAUTION

TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.

THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.

REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.

This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀

shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.

This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀

unit฀has฀been฀provided.

The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.

WARNING: TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀meets฀all฀requirements฀of฀the฀Canadian฀Interference-Causing฀Equipment฀Regula-

tions.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.

CAUTION

Avoid฀displaying฀stationary฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.

Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀these฀images฀being฀temporarily฀sustained฀on฀the฀surface฀of฀the฀LCD฀panel.

If฀this฀should฀happen,฀continue฀to฀use฀your฀projector.฀The฀static฀background฀from฀previous฀images฀will฀

disappear.

Disposing of your used product

EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀

products฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀in-

cludes฀projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.฀When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀

follow฀the฀guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.

After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.฀This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀

reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀

health฀and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.

The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀

States.

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀

to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀

WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

RF Interference (for USA only)

WARNING

The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀

specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.฀in฀this฀manual.฀Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-

lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀

the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀

reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.฀This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀

can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀

particular฀installation.

If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀

turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀

following฀measures:

•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.

•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.

•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.

•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.

For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀

this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.

Important Safeguards

These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀

carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.

Installation

•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀on฀an฀unstable฀cart,฀stand,฀or฀table.

-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.

-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.

-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.฀

-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.

•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.

-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

iii

Important Information

Fire and Shock Precautions

•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀

projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀tem-

porarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀

normal฀projector฀operation.฀

฀Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀

any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀

projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀

qualied฀service฀personnel.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.

•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀

ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.

•฀Keep฀any฀items฀(magnifying฀glass฀etc.)฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀path฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀

lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀

an฀unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀a฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.

฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀ex-

haust.

WARNING

•฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀lens฀cap฀or฀equivalent฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Doing฀so฀can฀lead฀to฀melting฀of฀

the฀cap฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀

to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.฀

Do฀not฀tilt฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀left฀or฀right.฀Doing฀so฀may฀result฀in฀malfunction.฀There฀is฀no฀limit฀on฀the฀tilt฀angle฀upward฀

or฀downward.฀Select฀an฀appropriate฀option฀for฀[FAN฀MODE]฀according฀to฀the฀installation฀angle.

Important Information

•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.

-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.

-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.

-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.

-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.

-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.

-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀

the฀following฀conditions:

-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.

-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.฀

-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.

•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable:

฀For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.

CAUTION

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀

hanging฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.฀The฀projector฀inside฀

the฀soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.

•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.฀(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀

[SETUP]฀→฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀→฀[FAN฀MODE]฀→฀[MODE]฀→฀[HIGH].)

•฀Do฀not฀move฀the฀projector฀by฀holding฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀so฀may฀result฀in฀the฀projector฀falling฀or฀causing฀

injury.

•฀Before฀using฀Direct฀Power฀Off,฀be฀sure฀to฀allow฀at฀least฀20฀minutes฀immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀starting฀to฀display฀an฀image.฀

•฀Do฀not฀unplug฀the฀power฀cable฀from฀the฀wall฀outlet฀or฀projector฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on.฀Doing฀so฀

can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀(or)฀the฀prong฀plug฀of฀the฀power฀cable.฀

฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on,฀use฀a฀power฀strip฀equipped฀with฀a฀switch฀

and฀a฀breaker.

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀

blinking฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.

Caution on Handling the Optional Lens

When฀shipping฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀lens,฀remove฀the฀lens฀before฀shipping฀the฀projector.฀Always฀attach฀the฀dust฀cap฀

to฀the฀lens฀whenever฀it฀is฀not฀mounted฀on฀the฀projector.฀The฀lens฀and฀the฀lens฀shift฀mechanism฀may฀encounter฀damage฀

caused฀by฀improper฀handling฀during฀transportation.฀

Do฀not฀hold฀the฀lens฀part฀when฀carrying฀the฀projector.

Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀the฀focus฀ring฀to฀rotate,฀resulting฀in฀accidental฀dropping฀of฀the฀projector.

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

Important Information

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Note for US Residents

The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.

Lamp Replacement

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀

159.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lter฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS US-

ABLE LIFE. PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP AND FILTER. USE THE SPECIFIED LAMP FOR SAFETY AND

PERFORMANCE.]฀appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life,฀

the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀

of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.

฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

The฀projector฀has฀a฀high-pressure฀mercury฀lamp฀as฀a฀light฀source.

A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀

and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.

CAUTION:

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀

and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀

fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.

About High Altitude mode

•฀

Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀

higher.

฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-

ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀

such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-

tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.฀To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-

tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1

1฀What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ......................................................................................................... 1

฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 2

Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ................................................. 2

Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ............................................................................................... 2

About฀this฀user’s฀manual .......................................................................................... 3

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 4

Front/Top .................................................................................................................. 4

Rear ......................................................................................................................... 5

Control฀Panel/Indicator฀Section ............................................................................... 6

Terminal฀Panel฀Features .......................................................................................... 7

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ............................................................................... 8

Battery฀Installation ................................................................................................... 9

Remote฀Control฀Precautions .................................................................................... 9

Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control ........................................................ 9

฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM ........................................ 10

Operating฀Environment .......................................................................................... 11

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) .............................................. 12

1฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image ........................................................................................ 12

฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ............................................. 13

฀Turning฀on฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 14

Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) ...................................... 15

฀Selecting฀a฀Source ...................................................................................................... 16

Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source................................................................. 16

฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ....................................................................... 17

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀(Lens฀shift) ............................ 18

Focus ..................................................................................................................... 19

Applicable฀lens:฀NP11FL ........................................................................................ 20

Zoom ...................................................................................................................... 21

Adjusting฀the฀Tilt฀Feet ............................................................................................ 21

฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion .................................................................................... 22

฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ................................................................. 24

Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust .................................................................. 24

฀Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume ........................................................................................ 24

฀Turning฀off฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 25

฀After฀Use...................................................................................................................... 26

3. Convenient Features ..................................................................................... 27

1฀Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound ................................................................................ 27

฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ....................................................................................................... 27

฀Enlarging฀a฀Picture ...................................................................................................... 27

฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀

MODE] ................................................................................................................... 28

Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ............................................. 29

vii

Table of Contents

฀Using฀the฀Optional฀Remote฀Mouse฀Receiver฀(NP01MR) ............................................ 30

฀Correcting฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀[CORNERSTONE] ................ 32

Cornerstone ........................................................................................................... 32

฀Displaying฀Two฀Pictures฀at฀the฀Same฀Time .................................................................. 35

Selecting฀the฀PIP฀or฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀Mode฀[MODE] ................................ 35

[POSITION] ............................................................................................................ 36

฀Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ................................. 37

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser ................................................. 40

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀a฀Network฀

[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR] .................................................................................... 47

฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀via฀a฀Network฀[REMOTE฀

DESKTOP] ............................................................................................................. 51

4. Using the Viewer ............................................................................................. 56

❶฀What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................. 56

❷฀Preparing฀presentation฀materials ................................................................................ 59

❸฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .................................................... 60

Starting฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................................. 60

Exiting฀the฀Viewer .................................................................................................. 63

Names฀and฀functions฀of฀Viewer฀screen .................................................................. 64

Viewer฀option฀settings ............................................................................................ 69

❹฀Projecting฀data฀from฀shared฀folder .............................................................................. 72

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀shared฀folder ....................................................... 72

Disconnecting฀the฀shared฀folder฀from฀the฀projector ............................................... 75

❺฀Projecting฀data฀from฀media฀server............................................................................... 76

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player 11 ...................................... 76

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12 ...................................... 78

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀media฀server ........................................................ 79

Disconnecting฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀media฀server ............................................... 80

❻฀Restrictions฀on฀displaying฀les .................................................................................... 81

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PowerPoint฀les .................................................................... 81

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PDF฀les .............................................................................. 81

5. Using On-Screen Menu ................................................................................ 82

1฀Using฀the฀Menus .......................................................................................................... 82

฀Menu฀Elements ............................................................................................................ 83

฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ....................................................................................................... 84

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] ................................................................ 87

COMPUTER฀1,฀2,฀and฀3 ........................................................................................ 87

HDMI ...................................................................................................................... 87

DisplayPort ............................................................................................................. 87

VIDEO .................................................................................................................... 87

S-VIDEO ................................................................................................................ 87

VIEWER ................................................................................................................. 87

NETWORK ............................................................................................................. 87

ENTRY฀LIST .......................................................................................................... 87

TEST฀PATTERN ..................................................................................................... 87

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] .................................................................. 91

viii

Table of Contents

[PICTURE] ............................................................................................................. 91

[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] ................................................................................................ 94

[VIDEO] .................................................................................................................. 98

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] .................................................................. 100

[BASIC] ................................................................................................................ 100

[MENU] ................................................................................................................ 102

[INSTALLATION(1)] .............................................................................................. 103

[INSTALLATION(2)] .............................................................................................. 106

[OPTIONS(1)] ...................................................................................................... 108

[OPTIONS(2)] ...................................................................................................... 110

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .................................................................... 112

[USAGE฀TIME] ..................................................................................................... 112

[SOURCE(1)] ....................................................................................................... 113

[SOURCE(2)] ....................................................................................................... 113

[WIRED฀LAN] ....................................................................................................... 113

[WIRELESS฀LAN(1)] ............................................................................................ 114

[WIRELESS฀LAN(2)] ............................................................................................ 114

[VERSION(1)] ...................................................................................................... 114

[VERSION(2)] ...................................................................................................... 115

[OTHERS] ............................................................................................................ 115

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] .................................................................. 116

Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ................................................................. 116

❾฀Application฀Menu ....................................................................................................... 118

IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY ................................................................................. 118

DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY ........................................................................... 118

NETWORK฀PROJECTOR .................................................................................... 119

REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION .................................................................. 119

NETWORK฀SETTINGS ........................................................................................ 120

TOOLS ................................................................................................................. 136

6. Connecting to Other Equipment .......................................................... 141

฀Mounting฀a฀lens฀(sold฀separately) .............................................................................. 141

Mounting฀the฀lens................................................................................................. 141

Removing฀the฀lens ............................................................................................... 142

฀Making฀Connections .................................................................................................. 143

Analog฀RGB฀signal฀connection ............................................................................ 143

Digital฀RGB฀signal฀connection ............................................................................. 144

Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor .......................................................................... 146

Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment .......................................... 147

Connecting฀Component฀Input .............................................................................. 148

Connecting฀HDMI฀Input........................................................................................ 149

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ................................................................................. 150

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately).................................................. 151

Mounting฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit .............................................................................. 151

To฀remove฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.......................................................................... 153

7. Maintenance .................................................................................................... 155

1฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.................................................................................................... 155

฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens...................................................................................................... 158

Table of Contents

฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ................................................................................................. 158

฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ........................................................................... 159

8. User Supportware ......................................................................................... 164

฀Installing฀Software฀Program ...................................................................................... 164

Installation฀for฀Windows฀software ......................................................................... 164

Installation฀for฀Macintosh฀software ....................................................................... 166

 Operating฀the฀Projector฀Via฀the฀LAN฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ....................................... 167

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀Lite) .............................................................................................. 170

฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite) ............................................................................................................ 172

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT .................................................................................. 172

 Projecting฀Images฀or฀Videos฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀

2.0) ....................................................................................................................... 174

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 .................................................. 174

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 175

Basic฀Operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 ....................................................... 176

฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0) ....................................................................................................................... 185

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0 ................................................ 185

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 185

Using฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀desktop฀screen .......................... 186

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4) ................................. 194

฀Converting฀PowerPoint฀les฀to฀Slides฀(Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0) ........................... 195

฀Projecting฀Your฀Mac’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac) ..................................................................................... 197

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 ..................................................... 197

Operating฀environment ........................................................................................ 197

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 197

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 .............................................................................. 198

9. Appendix ............................................................................................................. 201

฀Throw฀distance฀and฀screen฀size ................................................................................ 201

Lens฀types฀and฀throw฀distance ............................................................................ 201

Tables฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions ............................................................... 204

Lens฀shifting฀range ............................................................................................... 205

฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List ...................................................................................... 207

฀Specications ............................................................................................................ 209

฀Cabinet฀Dimensions .................................................................................................. 211

฀Mounting฀the฀cable฀cover฀(sold฀separately) ............................................................... 212

฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector ........................................ 213

฀Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 214

Indicator฀Messages .............................................................................................. 214

Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ........................................................................... 216

If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. .............................. 218

฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ................................................................. 219

Table of Contents

฀Troubleshooting฀Check฀List ........................................................................................ 220

฀TravelCare฀Guide ....................................................................................................... 222

Projector

1. Introduction

1 What’s in the Box?

Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.

Power cord

(US: 7N080241)

(EU: 7N080022)

Lens theft prevention screw (24V00841)

This screw makes it difﬁcult to remove the

lens mounted on the projector. (

→ page 142)

Straps (24J23901) (for preventing lamp and ﬁlter covers from

falling) (x2)

Attaching the straps to the lamp and ﬁlter covers prevents

them from falling when the projector is suspended from the

ceiling.

Computer cable (VGA)

(7N520073)

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF) and the utility

software

(7N951595)

For North America only

Registration฀card

Limited฀warranty

For customers in Europe:

You฀will฀nd฀our฀current฀valid฀Guar-

antee฀Policy฀on฀our฀Web฀Site:฀

www.nec-display-solutions.com

•฀Important฀Infomation฀(For฀North฀America:฀

7N8N1551) (For Other countries than North

America: 7N8N1551 and 7N8N1562)

•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(For฀North฀America:฀

7N8N1571) (For Other countries than North

America: 7N8N1571 and 7N8N1581)

Remote control

(7N900961)

AA alkaline batteries

(x2)

Dust cap for lens

* The projector is shipped without a

lens. For the types of lens and throw

distances, see page 201.

1. Introduction

 Introduction to the Projector

This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.฀The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀

up฀to฀500฀inches฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Macintosh฀computer฀(desktop฀or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀

DVD฀player,฀or฀document฀camera.

You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀

and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*

.฀The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.

฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.

฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

Features you’ll enjoy:

•฀Liquid฀crystal฀type฀high฀brightness/high฀resolution฀projector

Model LCD฀panel฀ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

PA600X 0.79"฀(with฀MLA)1024฀×฀768฀dots4:3

PA500X

0.79"฀(with฀MLA)1024฀×฀768฀dots4:3

PA550W

0.75"฀(with฀MLA)1280฀×฀800฀dots16:10

PA500U

0.76"฀(with฀MLA)1920฀×฀1200฀dots16:10

฀The฀PA600X/PA500X/PA550W฀projectors฀cover฀input฀signals฀up฀to฀WUXGA฀(1920฀×฀1200฀dots)฀thanks฀to฀the฀

Advanced฀AccuBlend฀function.

•฀Wide฀range฀of฀optional฀lenses฀selectable฀according฀to฀the฀place฀of฀installation

฀This฀projector฀supports฀5฀types฀of฀optional฀lenses,฀providing฀a฀selection฀of฀lenses฀adapted฀to฀a฀variety฀of฀places฀

of฀installation฀and฀projection฀methods.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀lenses฀can฀be฀mounted฀and฀removed฀in฀one฀touch.

฀Note฀that฀no฀lens฀is฀mounted฀upon฀shipment฀from฀the฀factory.฀Please฀purchase฀optional฀lenses฀separately.

•฀Lens฀shift฀function฀for฀easily฀adjusting฀the฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image

฀The฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀moved฀by฀turning฀the฀two฀dials฀on฀the฀projector’s฀front,฀one฀for฀the฀vertical฀

direction,฀one฀for฀the฀horizontal฀direction.

•฀360°฀installation฀angle฀(tilt-free)

฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀installed฀at฀any฀angle฀(360°).

฀Note,฀however,฀that฀the฀“fan฀mode”฀setting฀must฀be฀changed฀according฀to฀the฀angle฀of฀installation.

฀Also,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀installed฀tilted฀to฀the฀left฀or฀right.

•฀Wide฀range฀of฀input/output฀connectors฀(HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀BNC,฀etc.)฀and฀built-in฀monaural฀speaker

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀variety฀of฀input/output฀connectors:฀computer฀(analog),฀5-core฀BNC,฀HDMI,฀

DisplayPort,฀Video,฀S-Video,฀etc.฀(The฀computer฀(analog)฀and฀BNC฀connectors฀also฀support฀component฀inputs.)

฀The฀projector’s฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input฀connectors฀support฀HDCP.

฀The฀projector฀is฀also฀equipped฀with฀a฀built-in฀10W฀monaural฀speaker.

•฀High฀picture฀quality฀processing฀circuit

฀The฀Reon-VX฀video฀processor฀is฀used฀to฀project฀high฀quality฀images.

•฀Energy-saving฀design฀with฀a฀standby฀power฀consumption฀of฀0.2฀watts

฀When฀the฀on-screen฀menu’s฀standby฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀“Power฀Saving”,฀the฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀

is฀0.2฀watts.

1. Introduction

•฀“Eco฀mode”฀for฀low฀power฀consumption฀and฀“Carbon฀Meter”฀display

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀an฀“eco฀mode”฀for฀reducing฀power฀consumption฀during฀use.฀Furthermore,฀the฀

power-saving฀effect฀when฀the฀eco฀mode฀is฀set฀is฀converted฀into฀the฀amount฀of฀reductions฀of฀CO

฀emissions฀and฀

this฀is฀indicated฀on฀the฀conrmation฀message฀displayed฀when฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀and฀at฀“Information”฀on฀the฀

on-screen฀menu฀(CARBON฀METER).

•฀Maximum฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀of฀4000฀hours฀(3000฀hours฀in฀Normal฀mode)฀and฀no฀need฀to฀clean฀the฀

ﬁlters

฀When฀used฀in฀the฀eco฀mode,฀the฀lamp฀replacement฀time*฀is฀extended฀to฀a฀maximum฀of฀4000฀hours.

฀*฀This฀time฀is฀not฀guaranteed.

฀Furthermore,฀this฀projector฀uses฀large฀2-layer฀lters.฀When฀these฀lters฀are฀replaced฀with฀new฀ones฀when฀changing฀

the฀lamp,฀there฀is฀no฀need฀for฀regular฀lter฀cleaning.

•฀Seamless฀switch฀function฀for฀smoother฀screen฀changes฀when฀switching฀the฀signal฀(PA500U฀only)

฀When฀the฀input฀connector฀is฀switched,฀the฀image฀displayed฀before฀switching฀is฀held฀so฀that฀that฀the฀new฀image฀

can฀be฀switched฀to฀without฀a฀break฀due฀to฀absence฀of฀a฀signal.

•฀Simultaneous฀display฀of฀2฀images฀(PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE)

฀Two฀images฀can฀be฀projected฀simultaneously฀with฀a฀single฀projector.

฀There฀are฀two฀types฀of฀layouts฀for฀the฀two฀images:฀“picture-in-picture”฀in฀which฀a฀sub-picture฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀

main฀picture,฀and฀“picture-by-picture”฀in฀which฀the฀main฀and฀sub฀pictures฀are฀displayed฀next฀to฀each฀other.

•฀Security฀function฀for฀preventing฀unauthorized฀use

฀This฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀the฀following฀security฀functions:

-฀Password฀security:฀When฀a฀password฀is฀set฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu,฀a฀screen฀to฀input฀the฀password฀appears฀

when฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀turned฀on.

-฀Theft฀prevention฀lock:฀A฀security฀cable฀compatible฀with฀Kensington฀locks฀can฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

-฀Security฀bar:฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀mechanism฀allowing฀a฀regular฀security฀cable฀(or฀wire)฀to฀be฀installed.

•฀Wired/wireless฀LAN฀compatibility฀(wireless฀LAN฀unit฀sold฀separately)

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀for฀connection฀to฀a฀wired฀LAN฀for฀transferring฀images฀from฀a฀

computer฀to฀the฀projector,฀controlling฀the฀projector฀from฀a฀computer,฀etc.

฀Furthermore,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀used฀in฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀by฀mounting฀the฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

(NP02LM).

•฀Convenient฀utility฀software฀(User฀Supportware)฀provided฀as฀standard

฀Seven฀utility฀software฀programs฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀Desktop฀

Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac)฀are฀provided฀

on฀the฀included฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

•฀LAN-compatible฀viewer฀function

฀Still฀and฀moving฀images฀in฀shared฀folders฀on฀a฀computer฀connected฀by฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀projected฀

with฀the฀projector’s฀viewer.

-฀The฀viewer฀supports฀the฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11’s฀“media฀sharing”฀function.

•฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility

฀The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀managed฀

and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer.

About this user’s manual

The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀

review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀

an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

The฀lens฀is฀sold฀separately.฀The฀description฀below฀is฀for฀when฀the฀NP13ZL฀lens฀is฀mounted.

Control Panel

(

→ page 6)

Lens Shift Dial (vertical/horizontal)

(

→ page 18)

Lens

Remote Sensor (located on the

front and the rear)

(

→ page 9)

Remote Sensor

(

→ page 9)

Zoom Lever/Zoom Ring

(→ page 21)

Lens Cap

(The optional lens is shipped with

the lens cap.)

Focus Ring

(

→ page 19)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

→ page 21)

Indicator Section

(

→ page 6)

Lens Release Button

(

→ page 142)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

→ page 21)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Mounting฀the฀straps

1. Mount the straps to the ﬁlter cover and lamp cover as shown on the diagram below.

2. Insert the knot in the strap into the hole on the bottom of the projector and pull in the direction of the arrow

to fasten.

Lamp Cover (→ page 160)

Security Bar

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security bar accepts security

wires or chains up to 0.18 inch/4.6

mm in diameter.

Monaural Speaker (10 W)

Lamp cover strap insertion hole Filter cover strap insertion hole

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel

(→ page 7)

Rear

Remote Sensor (located on the

front and the rear)

(

→ page 9)

AC Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

→ page 13)

*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀

฀Security฀System.

Built-in Security Slot ( )*

Cable cover connection

(right and left)

Screw holes and grooves for the

optional cable cover

(

→ page 212)

Ventilation (inlet) / Filter Cover

The wireless LAN unit’s USB (LAN)

port is located inside here.

(

→ page 151, 155)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

1. Introduction

Control Panel/Indicator Section

1. ฀(POWER)฀Button฀(→฀page฀14, 25)

2. POWER Indicator (→฀page฀

13, 14, 25, 214)

3.฀STATUS฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

214)

4.฀LAMP฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

159, 215)

5.฀TEMP.฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

215)

6.฀SOURCE฀Button฀(→฀page฀

16)

7. AUTO ADJ. Button (→฀page฀

24)

8.฀3D฀REFORM฀Button฀(→฀page฀

32)

9. MENU Button (→฀page฀

82)

10.฀

฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀ (→฀page฀

24)

11. ENTER Button (→฀page฀

82)

12. EXIT Button (→฀page฀

82)

6 7 8

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1.฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→฀page฀13, 143, 148)

2.฀COMPUTER฀1฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(→฀page฀

143, 148)

3.฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN฀/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→฀page฀

143, 148)

4.฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(→฀page฀

145)

5.฀COMPUTER฀3฀IN/Component฀(R/Cr,฀G/Y,฀B/Cb,฀H,฀V)฀Connectors฀(BNC฀×฀5)฀(→฀page฀

143, 148)

6.฀COMPUTER฀3฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(→฀page฀

143, 148)

7.฀HDMI฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀(→฀page฀

144, 145, 149)

8. DisplayPort IN Connector (→฀page฀

144)

9.฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.฀1)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→฀page฀

146)

10.฀AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(→฀page฀

146)

11.฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)฀(→฀page฀

147)

12.฀VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(RCA)฀(→฀page฀147)

13.฀VIDEO/S-VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)฀(→฀page฀

147)

14.฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀(→฀page฀

150)

15.฀USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀(→฀page฀

60)

16.฀PC฀CONTROL฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)฀(→฀page฀

219)

฀Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀communica-

tion฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀219.

17.฀REMOTE฀Connector฀(Stereo฀Mini)

฀Use฀this฀connector฀for฀wired฀remote฀control฀of฀the฀projector฀using฀the฀NEC฀optional฀remote฀control.

฀Connect฀the฀projector฀and฀optional฀remote฀control฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀wired฀remote฀control฀cable.

NOTE: When a remote control cable is connected to the REMOTE connector, infrared remote control operations cannot be

performed.

14 78 15 12 34

5109131211

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Remote Control

1. Infrared Transmitter

฀(→฀page฀9)

2. POWER ON Button

฀(→฀page฀

14)

3.฀POWER฀OFF฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

25)

4,฀5,฀6.฀COMPUTER฀1/2/3฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

16)฀

7. AUTO ADJ. Button

฀(→฀page฀24)

8.฀VIDEO฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

16)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

16)

10.฀HDMI฀Button฀(→฀page฀16)

11. DisplayPort Button (→฀page฀

16)

12.฀VIEWER฀Button฀(→฀page฀

16, 60)

13.฀NETWORK฀Button฀(→฀page฀

16)

14.฀SOURCE฀Button฀(→฀page฀

16)

15.฀PIP฀Button฀(→฀page฀

16, 35)

16.฀ID฀SET฀Button฀(→฀page฀

107)

17.฀Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/CLEAR฀Button

฀(→฀page฀107)

18. MENU Button (→฀page฀

82)

19. EXIT Button (→฀page฀82)

20.฀ Button (→

฀page฀

82)

21. ENTER Button (→฀page฀

82)

22.฀L-CLICK฀Button*฀(→฀page฀

31)

23.฀R-CLICK฀Button*฀(→฀page฀31)

24.฀VOLUME฀(+)(−)฀Button฀(→฀page฀24)

25.฀D-ZOOM฀(+)(−)฀Button฀(→฀page฀27)

26.฀PAGE฀/฀Button*฀(→฀page฀31)

27. PICTURE Button (→฀page฀91, 93)

28. ECO Button (→฀page฀28)

29. ASPECT Button (→฀page฀

96)

30.฀AV-MUTE฀Button฀(→฀page฀27)

31.฀3D฀REFORM฀Button฀(→฀page฀32)

32.฀FREEZE฀Button฀(→฀page฀27)

33.฀SHUTTER฀Button

฀(not฀available฀on฀this฀series฀of฀projectors)

34.฀LENS฀SHIFT฀Button

฀(not฀available฀on฀this฀series฀of฀projectors)

35.฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀Button

฀(not฀available฀on฀this฀series฀of฀projectors)

36.฀HELP฀Button฀(→฀page฀

112)

*฀The฀PAGE฀/, ,฀L-CLICK฀and฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀with฀your฀com-

puter..

1. Introduction

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀

the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀

on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.

Battery Installation

7 m/22 feet

Remote control

Remote sensor on projector cabinet

Remote control

Press฀the฀catch฀and฀remove฀

the฀battery฀cover.

Install฀new฀ones฀(AA).฀Ensure฀

that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polar-

ity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀batteries฀until฀it฀

snaps฀into฀place.

NOTE: Do not mix different types of batteries or

new and old batteries.

1. Introduction

 Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM

Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Virtual฀Remote฀ToolWhen฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀are฀connected฀using฀a฀network฀(wired/wireless฀

LAN),฀such฀operations฀as฀turning฀the฀projector’s฀power฀on฀and฀off฀and฀switching฀

the฀signal฀can฀be฀performed.฀It฀is฀also฀possible฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀

and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀background฀logo.฀Once฀the฀image฀is฀registered,฀it฀can฀be฀

locked฀to฀prevent฀the฀logo฀from฀being฀overwritten.฀(→฀page฀

167)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite•฀When฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀are฀connected฀using฀a฀network฀(wired/

wireless฀LAN),฀the฀computer฀screen฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀projected.฀

There฀is฀no฀need฀for฀a฀computer฀cable.฀(→฀page฀

150,฀page฀170)

•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.

•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀

of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(→฀page฀172)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀personal฀comput-

ers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀(Meeting฀mode).

฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀personal฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀saved฀to฀

the฀personal฀computers.฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀personal฀computer฀to฀

not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.฀

(→฀page฀

174)

Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀desktop฀screen฀of฀a฀personal฀

computer฀at฀a฀remote฀location฀by฀using฀a฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN.฀

(→฀page฀

185)

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when฀

the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀

a฀serial฀cable.฀(→฀page฀

194)

Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀convert฀les฀created฀with฀PowerPoint฀into฀

JPEG฀les฀that฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀when฀

a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

195)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projec-

tor฀over฀a฀network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).฀(→฀page฀

197)฀For฀Mac’s฀operating฀

environment,฀see฀page฀197.

*฀A฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀required฀to฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

NOTE:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac฀do฀not฀support฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀which฀is฀provided฀in฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀2.0.

Download฀service

For฀the฀update฀information฀about฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-

ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.

Supported฀OSWindows฀7฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Professional฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

•฀Only฀32-bit฀version

•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.

Processor•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

Pentium฀M฀1.2฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

Pentium฀M฀1.0฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.0฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Memory•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

512฀MB฀or฀more฀required

1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

256฀MB฀or฀more฀required

512฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended

*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultaneously.

Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

The฀“Graphics”฀score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”฀recommended.

Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN

(*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.)

Resolution•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended฀

•฀Windows฀XP฀

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

1024฀dots฀×฀768฀lines฀-฀1280฀dots฀×฀800฀lines฀recommended฀(PA550W/PA500U)

Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)

•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.

1 Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀(→ page 13)

Step 2

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(→ page 14)

Step 3

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(→ page 16)

Step 4

•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(→ page 17)

•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(→ page 22)

Step 5

•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically (→ page 24)

- Turning up or down volume (

→ page 24)

Step 6

•฀Making฀a฀presentation

Step 7

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(→ page 25)

Step 8

•฀After฀use฀(→ page 26)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “(2)

Making Connections” on page 143.

Connect the computer cable (VGA) between the projector’s COMPUTER 1 IN connector and the computer’s port

(mini D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both connectors to ﬁx the computer cable (VGA).

2.฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.

First connect the supplied power cord’s three-pin plug to the AC IN of the projector, and then connect the other

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

The projector’s power indicator will light orange* (standby mode).

The STATUS indicator will also light green*.

* This will apply for both indicators when [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]. See the Power Indicator

section.(→ page 214)

COMPUTER 1 IN

Make sure that the prongs are fully inserted into

both the AC IN and the wall outlet.

To wall outlet

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

StandbyBlinkingPower฀On

Steady orange light Blinking blue light Steady blue light

 Turning on the Projector

1. Remove the lens cap.

2. Press the

(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

or฀the฀POWER฀ON฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector

will become ready to use.

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀message฀“PROJECTOR฀IS฀LOCKED!฀ENTER฀YOUR฀

PASSWORD.”฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀

feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀(→฀page฀37)

•฀When฀the฀ECO฀message฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀[ON]฀is฀

selected฀for฀[ECO฀MESSAGE].฀(→฀page฀102)

•฀Pressing฀buttons฀such฀as฀power฀button฀and฀MENU฀button฀will฀

make฀sound.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀beep฀sound,฀select฀[OFF]฀for฀[BEEP]฀

from฀the฀menu.฀(→฀page฀109)

After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer

or video source is turned on.

NOTE:

A฀blue฀screen฀(blue฀background)฀is฀displayed฀when฀no฀signal฀

is฀being฀input฀(by฀factory฀default฀menu฀settings).

(→฀page฀214)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.฀This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀

of฀the฀27฀menu฀languages.

To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:

1. Use the , ,  or  button to select one of the 27

languages from the menu.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀execute฀the฀selection.

After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀

operation.

If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.

(→฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀

85 and 101)

NOTE:

•฀Turning฀the฀power฀back฀on฀directly฀after฀it฀is฀turned฀off฀(by฀direct฀power฀off)฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀projected฀can฀result฀in฀

malfunction.฀Be฀sure฀to฀wait฀at฀least฀1฀second฀before฀turning฀the฀power฀back฀on.

•฀Keep฀the฀lens฀cap฀off฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on.

฀If฀the฀lens฀cap฀is฀on,฀it฀could฀be฀warped฀due฀to฀high฀temperature.

•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

-฀If฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀too฀high,฀the฀projector฀detects฀abnormal฀high฀temperature.฀In฀this฀condition฀the฀

projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀

down.

-฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.

-฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀

Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(→฀page฀106)

-฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀

on the power.

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.

•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀

stabilized.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.

•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-

ing฀an฀image฀for฀some฀time฀and฀then฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Detecting฀the฀Signal฀Automatically

Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.฀The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀available฀

input฀source฀and฀display฀it.฀The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀

COMPUTER1฀→฀COMPUTER2฀→฀COMPUTER3฀→฀HDMI฀→฀DisplayPort฀

→฀VIDEO฀→฀S-VIDEO฀→฀VIEWER฀→฀COMPUTER1฀→ ...

•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀

button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.

TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.

Using฀the฀Remote฀Control

Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀HDMI,฀

DisplayPort,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀or฀NETWORK฀buttons.

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀

You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀

each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the

฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ but-

ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[BASIC].

Press the



฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].

4. Press the ฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀

SELECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.

(

→ page 111)

5.฀Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

6.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

7. Restart the projector.

The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.

NOTE:฀Even฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[NETWORK]฀will฀not฀be฀automatically฀

selected.฀To฀set฀your฀network฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀select฀[NETWORK].

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀

computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

฀([AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)]฀→฀page฀111)

•฀On฀the฀Windows฀7฀keyboard,฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀Windows฀and฀P฀keys฀allows฀

you฀to฀set฀up฀external฀display฀easily฀and฀quickly.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Use฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial,฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀lever,฀the฀zoom฀lever/zoom฀ring฀and฀the฀focus฀ring฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀

size฀and฀position.

In this chapter drawings and cables are omitted for clarity.

Adjusting฀the฀projected฀image’s฀vertical฀and฀horizontal฀

position

[Lens฀shift]

Adjusting฀the฀focus

[Focus฀ring]

Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image

[Zoom฀lever/Zoom฀ring]

Adjusting฀the฀projected฀image’s฀height฀and฀horizontal฀

tilt

[Tilt฀foot]฀*¹

Adjusting฀the฀keystone฀correction

[Keystone]

NOTE*1: Adjust฀the฀projected฀image’s฀height฀using฀the฀tilt฀feet฀when฀you฀want฀to฀project฀the฀image฀at฀a฀position฀higher฀than฀the฀

lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range.

(→ page 18)

(→ page 21)

(→ page 19)

(→ page 21)

(→ page 22)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)

CAUTION

Perform฀the฀adjustment฀from฀behind฀or฀from฀the฀side฀of฀the฀projector.฀Adjusting฀from฀the฀

front฀could฀expose฀your฀eyes฀to฀strong฀light฀which฀could฀injure฀them.

Turn฀the฀lens฀shift฀dials฀clockwise฀or฀counterclockwise.

Vertical฀dial

Turn฀this฀clockwise฀or฀counterclockwise฀to฀adjust฀the฀projection฀position฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction.

Approximate฀turning฀range:฀About฀6฀turns฀counterclockwise,฀about฀2฀turns฀clockwise฀when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀

position.

Horizontal฀dial

Turn฀this฀clockwise฀or฀counterclockwise฀to฀adjust฀the฀projection฀position฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction.

Approximate฀turning฀range:฀About฀1฀turn฀counterclockwise,฀about฀1฀turn฀clockwise฀when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀

position.

NOTE:

•฀The฀dials฀can฀be฀turned฀more฀than฀one฀full฀turn,฀but฀the฀projection฀position฀cannot฀be฀moved฀more฀than฀the฀range฀indicated฀on฀

the฀following฀page.

•฀If฀the฀lens฀is฀shifted฀to฀the฀maximum฀in฀the฀diagonal฀direction,฀the฀edges฀of฀the฀screen฀will฀be฀dark฀or฀shaded.

•฀The฀lens฀shift฀function฀cannot฀be฀used฀when฀using฀the฀separately฀sold฀NP11FL฀lens.

Downward

Upward

Lens shift dial (Horizontal)

Lens shift dial (Vertical)

Rightward

Leftward

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

TIP:฀

•฀The฀diagram฀below฀shows฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range฀for฀the฀PA600X฀and฀PA500X฀(projection฀mode:฀desktop฀front).฀To฀raise฀

the฀projection฀position฀higher฀than฀this,฀use฀the฀tilt฀feet.฀(→ page 21)

•฀For฀the฀PA550W/PA500U฀and฀the฀ceiling฀mount/front฀projection฀lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range,฀see฀page฀205, 206.

0.5V

0.1V

0.1H 0.1H

PA600X/PA500X

0.3H 0.3H

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.5V)

Height of projected image

Focus

Applicable฀lens:฀NP12ZL/NP13ZL/NP14ZL/NP15ZL

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀ring฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

Focus ring

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Applicable lens: NP11FL

With฀the฀NP11FL฀lens,฀adjust฀the฀focus฀and฀picture฀distortion.

Preparations:

Turn฀the฀lens฀shift฀dials฀(vertical฀and฀horizontal)฀on฀the฀projector฀to฀return฀the฀lens฀shift฀to฀the฀center.

Approximate฀lens฀center฀position฀(explained฀here฀for฀the฀desktop฀front฀projection฀mode)

Horizontal฀dial:฀First฀turn฀the฀dial฀to฀the฀left฀edge,฀then฀turn฀it฀further฀so฀that฀the฀knob฀is฀horizontal.฀From฀this฀

position,฀turn฀the฀dial฀1฀full฀turn฀clockwise.

Vertical฀dial:฀First฀turn฀the฀dial฀to฀the฀bottom฀edge,฀then฀turn฀it฀further฀so฀that฀the฀knob฀is฀horizontal.

฀From฀this฀position,฀turn฀the฀dial฀2฀full฀turns฀counterclockwise.

1.฀฀Turn฀the฀distortion฀ring฀to฀the฀left฀edge.

2.฀Turn฀the฀focus฀lever฀clockwise฀and฀counterclockwise฀to฀

adjust the focus at the center of the screen.

3. Use the distortion ring to correct the screen’s distortion.

(This also brings the edges of the screen into focus.)

4. Use the focus lever to adjust the screen’s overall focus.

* If the focus at the center of the screen is off, turn the distortion

ring a little counterclockwise. The focus at the center of the

screen can now be adjusted with the focus lever.

Distortion

ring

Lens shift dials

Focus lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the Tilt Feet

1. Turn฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀feet฀to฀adjust.

฀The฀tilt฀feet฀lengthen฀and฀shorten฀when฀turned.

฀The฀height฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀adjusted฀by฀turning฀the฀left฀

and right tilt feet.

If the projected image is tilted, turn one of the tilt feet to adjust

the image so that it is level.

- If the projected image is distorted, see “2-6 Correcting Keystone

Distortion” (

→ page 22).

- The tilt feet can be lengthened by a maximum of 20 mm.

- The tilt feet can be used to tilt the projector by a maximum of 4º.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀lengthen฀the฀tilt฀feet฀any฀more฀than฀20฀mm/0.8".฀Doing฀so฀will฀make฀the฀

tilt฀feet’s฀mount฀section฀unstable฀and฀could฀cause฀the฀tilt฀feet฀to฀come฀off฀the฀

projector.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt฀feet฀for฀any฀purpose฀other฀than฀adjusting฀the฀projector’s฀

projection฀angle.

฀Handling฀the฀tilt฀feet฀improperly,฀such฀as฀carrying฀the฀projector฀by฀grasping฀the฀tilt฀

feet฀or฀hooking฀it฀onto฀a฀wall฀using฀the฀tilt฀feet,฀could฀damage฀the฀projector.

Zoom

Turn฀the฀zoom฀lever฀or฀zoom฀ring฀clockwise฀and฀counterclockwise.

-฀The฀separately฀sold฀NP11FL฀lens฀does฀not฀have฀a฀zoom฀ring.

Zoom ring

Tilt foot

Down

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Correcting Keystone Distortion

When฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀exactly฀perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen,฀keystone฀distortion฀occurs.฀To฀overcome฀it,฀you฀can฀use฀

the฀“Keystone”฀function,฀a฀digital฀technology฀that฀can฀adjust฀for฀keystone-type฀distortion,฀resulting฀in฀a฀crisp,฀square฀

image.

The฀following฀procedure฀explains฀how฀to฀use฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀screen฀from฀the฀menu฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distor-

tions.

When฀the฀projector฀is฀placed฀diagonally฀to฀the฀screen,฀

When฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀up฀at฀an฀angle฀in฀relation฀to฀the฀screen,฀adjust฀the฀Horizontal฀option฀of฀the฀Keystone฀menu฀

so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀of฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.

1.฀Press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor cabinet.

The Keystone screen will be displayed on the screen.

2. Press the



฀button฀to฀select฀[VERTICAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀





so that the left and right sides of the projected image are parallel.

* Adjust the vertical keystone distortion.

3.฀Align฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀of฀the฀screen฀with฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀

of the projected image.

•฀Use฀the฀shorter฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀as฀the฀base.

•฀In฀the฀right฀example,฀use฀the฀left฀side฀as฀the฀base.

4. Press the



฀button฀to฀select฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀





so that the top and bottom sides of the projected image are par-

allel.

•฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀distortion.

Screen frame

Projected area

Align left side

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

NOTE:

•฀If฀the฀projection฀angle฀is฀the฀same฀as฀in฀the฀last฀use,฀the฀previous฀correction฀setting฀values฀are฀retained฀in฀the฀memory.

•฀When฀doing฀Step฀2,฀adjust฀the฀position฀of฀image฀so฀that฀the฀screen฀is฀smaller฀than฀the฀area฀of฀the฀projected฀area.

•฀To฀reset฀the฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀setting฀values,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

•฀Each฀time฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀item฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀KEYSTONE฀→฀CORNERSTONE฀→ None →฀KEY-

STONE฀→ ...

For฀information฀on฀[CORNERSTONE],฀see฀“Correcting฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀(Cornerstone)”฀on฀page฀32.

•฀The฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀will฀not฀be฀available฀during฀the฀Keystone฀adjustment.฀To฀perform฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment,฀press฀

and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀setting฀values.฀The฀Keystone฀

adjustment฀will฀not฀be฀available฀during฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment.฀To฀perform฀the฀Keystone฀adjustment,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀

REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀Cornerstone฀correction฀setting฀values.

•฀The฀3D฀Reform฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

5.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀keystone฀distortion.

6.฀After฀completing฀Keystone฀correction,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

The Keystone screen will disappear.

•฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀again,฀press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀

to display the Keystone screen and repeat above steps 1 to 6.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER1/COMPUTER2/COMPUTER3)

Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.

This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.

•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀

manually.฀(→฀page฀94, 95)

 Turning Up or Down Volume

Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀can฀be฀adjusted.

TIP:฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀ and ฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀work฀

as฀a฀volume฀control.฀

NOTE:

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀ or ฀button฀when฀an฀image฀is฀enlarged฀

by฀using฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀or฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed.

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀ or ฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀or฀NET-

WORK฀is฀used.

Increase volume

Decrease volume

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Turning off the Projector

To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:

1.฀First,฀press฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀con-

trol.

The [POWER OFF / ARE YOU SURE ? / CARBON SAV-

INGS- SESSION 0.000[g-CO2]] message will appear.

2.฀Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀or฀press฀the฀

(POWER)฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀again.

The lamp will turn off and the projector will go into standby

mode. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator will

light orange and the STATUS indicator will light green when

[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].

Power฀On

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady

orange light

Press twice

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀You฀cannot฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.

•฀Wait฀at฀least฀20฀minutes฀after฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀on฀(after฀starting฀to฀project)฀before฀turning฀the฀AC฀power฀off฀while฀an฀image฀is฀

being฀projected฀or฀while฀the฀cooling฀fan฀is฀running.

•฀Do฀not฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀projector฀or฀from฀the฀power฀outlet฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀projected.฀Doing฀so฀could฀

deteriorate฀the฀projector’s฀AC฀input฀connector฀or฀the฀power฀plug’s฀contact.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀

projected,฀use฀the฀power฀strip’s฀switch,฀the฀breaker,฀etc.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀to฀the฀projector฀within฀10฀seconds฀of฀making฀adjustment฀or฀setting฀changes฀and฀closing฀

the฀menu.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀loss฀of฀adjustments฀and฀settings.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 After Use

Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

1. Unplug the power cord.

2.฀Disconnect฀any฀other฀cables.

•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

3. Mount the lens cap on the lens.

Before฀moving฀the฀projector,฀screw฀in฀the฀tilt฀feet฀if฀they฀have฀been฀lengthened.

1 Turning off the Image and Sound

Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image,฀sound,฀beep฀sound฀for฀

a฀short฀period฀of฀time.฀Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

The฀projector’s฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀10฀seconds฀after฀the฀image฀

is฀turned฀off.฀As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀To฀restore฀the฀image,฀even฀if฀you฀press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀immediately฀after฀

the฀start฀of฀the฀power-saving฀function,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀not฀be฀restored฀

to฀its฀original฀level.

 Freezing a Picture

Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.฀Press฀again฀to฀resume฀

motion.

NOTE:฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.

 Enlarging a Picture

You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.

NOTE:฀The฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times฀depending฀on฀

the฀signal.

To฀do฀so:

1.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.

3. Convenient Features

 Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect Using Eco

Mode [ECO MODE]

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀select฀two฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp:

OFF฀and฀ON฀modes.฀The฀lamp฀life฀can฀be฀extended฀by฀turning฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE].

[ECO฀MODE]฀Description

[OFF]

This฀is฀the฀default฀setting฀(100%฀Brightness).

[ON]

Low฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.฀80%฀Brightness).

To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:฀

1.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.

2. Use the





฀button฀to฀select฀[ON].

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

To change from [ON] to [OFF], Go back to Step 2 and select [OFF]. Repeat Step 3.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.

฀Select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[BASIC]฀→฀[ECO฀MODE].

•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀→[USAGE฀TIME].

•฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀always฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀for฀1฀minute฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on.฀The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀

even฀when฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.

•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀automatically฀switch฀to฀

[ON].฀

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[ON]฀mode฀

to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀This฀is฀called฀“Forced฀ECO฀Mode”.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀Eco฀Mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀

decreases฀slightly฀and฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀lights฀orange.฀At฀the฀same฀time฀the฀Thermometer฀symbol฀[ ]฀is฀displayed฀at฀the฀

bottom฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

฀When฀the฀projector฀comes฀back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀Forced฀Eco฀Mode฀is฀cancelled฀and฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀

mode.

2. Press the  button.

The area of the magniﬁed image will be moved

3.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.

Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.

NOTE:

•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀enlarged฀or฀reduced฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.

3. Convenient Features

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀

is฀set฀to฀[OFF],฀or฀[ON].฀This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].

There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀

SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.฀You฀can฀

check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(→฀page฀

112)

The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀

changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.฀The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-

SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE฀?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.

TIP:

•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

฀Amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀OFF฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀ON฀for฀ECO฀MODE)฀×฀

฀conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emmission฀reduction฀will฀also฀

increase.

฀*฀฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀2008฀

Edition”.

•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.

•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Optional Remote Mouse Receiver (NP01MR)

The฀optional฀remote฀mouse฀receiver฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀remote฀control.฀

It฀is฀a฀great฀convenience฀for฀clicking฀through฀your฀computer-generated฀presentations.

Connecting฀the฀remote฀mouse฀receiver฀to฀your฀computer

If฀you฀wish฀to฀use฀the฀remote฀mouse฀function,฀connect฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀and฀computer.

The฀mouse฀receiver฀can฀be฀connected฀directly฀to฀the฀computer’s฀USB฀port฀(type฀A).

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀connection฀or฀OS฀installed฀on฀your฀computer,฀you฀may฀have฀to฀restart฀your฀computer฀or฀change฀

your฀computer฀settings.

When฀operating฀a฀computer฀via฀the฀remote฀mouse฀receiver

When฀connecting฀using฀the฀USB฀terminal

For฀PC,฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀can฀only฀be฀used฀with฀a฀Windows฀XP*,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Windows฀7,฀or฀Mac฀OS฀X฀10.0.0฀

or฀later฀operating฀system.

*฀NOTE:฀In฀SP1฀or฀older฀version฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀if฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀will฀not฀move฀correctly,฀do฀the฀following:

Clear฀the฀Enhance฀pointer฀precision฀check฀box฀underneath฀the฀mouse฀speed฀slider฀in฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀[Pointer฀

Options฀tab].

NOTE:฀The฀PAGE฀

and ฀buttons฀do฀not฀work฀with฀PowerPoint฀for฀Macintosh.

NOTE:฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀The฀computer฀may฀not฀

identify฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀intervals.

Remote mouse receiver

Computer

To USB port of PC or Macintosh

Remote sensor on the

remote mouse receiver

7 m/22 feet

3. Convenient Features

Operating฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control

You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.

PAGE฀/฀Button:฀฀scrolls฀the฀viewing฀area฀of฀the฀window฀or฀to฀move฀to฀the฀previous฀or฀next฀slide฀in฀

PowerPoint฀on฀your฀computer.

฀Buttons:฀moves฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀on฀your฀computer.

L-CLICK฀Button:฀works฀as฀the฀mouse฀left฀button.

R-CLICK฀Button:฀works฀as฀the฀mouse฀right฀button.

NOTE:

•฀When฀you฀operate฀the฀computer฀using฀the฀ or ฀button฀with฀the฀menu฀displayed,฀both฀the฀menu฀and฀the฀mouse฀pointer฀

will฀be฀affected.฀Close฀the฀menu฀and฀perform฀the฀mouse฀operation.

•฀The฀PAGE฀ and ฀buttons฀do฀not฀work฀with฀PowerPoint฀for฀Macintosh.

About฀Drag฀Mode:

By฀pressing฀the฀L-CLICK฀or฀R-CLICK฀button฀for฀2฀or฀3฀seconds฀then฀releasing,฀the฀drag฀mode฀is฀set฀and฀the฀drag฀

operation฀can฀be฀performed฀simply฀by฀pressing฀the฀฀button.฀To฀drop฀the฀item,฀press฀the฀L-CLICK฀(or฀R-CLICK)฀

button.฀To฀cancel฀it,฀press฀the฀R-CLICK฀(or฀L-CLICK)฀button.

TIP:฀You฀can฀change฀the฀Pointer฀speed฀on฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀on฀the฀Windows.฀For฀more฀information,฀see฀the฀user฀

documentation฀or฀online฀help฀supplied฀with฀your฀computer.

3. Convenient Features

 Correcting Horizontal and Vertical Keystone Distortion [COR-Correcting Horizontal and Vertical Keystone Distortion [COR-

NERSTONE]

Use฀the฀3D฀Reform฀feature฀to฀correct฀keystone฀(trapezoidal)฀distortion฀to฀make฀the฀top฀or฀bottom฀and฀the฀left฀or฀right฀

side฀of฀the฀screen฀longer฀or฀shorter฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀rectangular.

Cornerstone

1.฀Press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀current฀adjustments.

Current adjustments for [KEYSTONE] or [CORNERSTONE] will be cleared.

2. Project an image so that the screen is smaller than the area of the raster.

3.฀Pick฀up฀any฀one฀of฀the฀corners฀and฀align฀the฀corner฀of฀the฀image฀with฀a฀corner฀of฀the฀screen.

Projected image

The drawing shows the up-

per right corner.

4.฀Press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀twice.

The Cornerstone adjustment screen is displayed.

5. Use the ฀button฀to฀select฀one฀icon฀()฀which฀points฀in฀the฀direction฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀

image frame.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

TIP:฀If฀you฀are฀adjusting฀[KEYSTONE],฀[CORNERSTONE]฀will฀not฀be฀

available.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀

minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀adjustments.

The drawing shows the upper left

icon ( ) is selected.

TIP:฀PA600X/PA500X:฀When฀[WIDE฀SCREEN]฀is฀selected฀from฀[SCREEN฀TYPE],฀

lines฀that฀show฀“16:9”฀or฀“16:10”฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Click฀the฀outer฀corners.

PA550W/P-PA500U:฀When฀[4:3฀SCREEN]฀is฀selected฀from฀[SCREEN฀TYPE],฀lines฀

that฀show฀“4:3”฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Click฀the฀outer฀corners.

3. Convenient Features

8.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀highlight฀the฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀completes฀the฀Cornerstone฀correction.

Selecting฀[CANCEL]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀adjustment฀screen฀without฀saving฀changes฀(Step฀3).

Selecting฀[RESET]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Selecting฀[UNDO]฀will฀exit฀without฀saving฀changes.

NOTE:฀To฀reset฀the฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀setting฀values,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

9. Use the  button to select another icon which points in the direction.

On the Cornerstone adjustment screen, select [EXIT] or press the EXIT button on the remote control.

The conﬁrmation screen is displayed.

7. Use the

฀button฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀image฀frame฀as฀shown฀on฀the฀example.

3. Convenient Features

The฀adjustable฀ranges฀for฀3D฀Reform฀are฀as฀follows:

PA600X/PA500X/PA550W

HORIZONTALVERTICAL

CORNERSTONE

Max.฀+/−฀40°฀approx.Max.฀+/−฀30°฀approx.

KEYSTONE

PA500U

HORIZONTALVERTICAL

CORNERSTONE

Max.฀+/−฀35°฀approx.Max.฀+/−฀30°฀approx.

KEYSTONE

*฀The฀following฀are฀conditions฀under฀which฀the฀maximum฀angle฀is฀achieved:

•฀When฀the฀lens฀NP13ZL฀is฀used

•฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀set฀to฀the฀center

฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀used฀and฀yet฀the฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀in฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen,฀the฀adjustable฀range฀

will฀be฀increased฀or฀decreased.

•฀Image฀is฀projected฀in฀maximum฀wide฀with฀the฀zoom฀ring

NOTE:

•฀Even฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀last฀used฀correction฀values฀are฀applied.

•฀If฀the฀Cornerstone฀screen฀is฀unavailable฀(grayed),฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀

the฀current฀correction฀data.฀The฀Cornerstone฀function฀becomes฀available.

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀reset฀the฀previous฀correction฀setting฀values฀and฀correct฀distortion฀anew฀if฀the฀projection฀angle฀is฀

changed฀from฀the฀last฀use.

฀If฀the฀projection฀angle฀is฀the฀same฀as฀in฀the฀last฀use,฀the฀previous฀correction฀setting฀values฀are฀retained฀in฀the฀memory.

•฀The฀range฀of฀keystone฀correction฀is฀not฀the฀maximum฀tilt฀angle฀of฀projector.

NOTE:฀Using฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀can฀cause฀the฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

3. Convenient Features

 Displaying Two Pictures at the Same Time

The฀projector฀has฀a฀feature฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀different฀signals฀simultaneously.฀You฀have฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀

mode฀and฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀mode.

From฀the฀menu฀you฀can฀select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[BASIC]฀→฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE].฀

The฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀menu฀item฀has฀the฀following฀three฀options:฀MODE,฀POSITION,฀and฀SOURCE.

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[MODE],฀[POSITION]฀or฀[SOURCE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Selecting the PIP or PICTURE BY PICTURE Mode [MODE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀and฀SIDE฀BY฀SIDE.

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[PIP]฀or฀[PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

PIP:฀This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

Main picture

Sub

picture

PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE:฀This฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀pictures฀side฀by฀side.

Main picture Sub picture

NOTE:

•฀The฀main฀picture฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀left฀side฀and฀the฀sub฀picture฀on฀the฀right฀side.

•฀The฀main฀picture฀signal฀supports฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER฀2,฀and฀COMPUTER฀3฀connectors.

฀The฀sub฀picture฀signal฀supports฀the฀VIDEO฀IN฀and฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀connectors.

•฀The฀main฀picture฀supports฀an฀RGB฀signal฀with฀a฀resolution฀of฀1280฀×฀1024฀pixels฀or฀less.

3. Convenient Features

Viewing฀Two฀Pictures

1. Press the PIP button on the remote control.

The PIP/PICTURE BY PICTURE SOURCE screen will be displayed.

2. Use the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀the฀source฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The PIP screen or PICTURE BY PICTURE screen will be displayed, depending on which was selected in the

[MODE] setting screen.

3.฀Press฀the฀PIP฀button฀again฀to฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen฀(single฀picture).

TIP:

•฀Selecting฀another฀source฀will฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀not฀supported฀for฀the฀main฀picture฀or฀the฀sub฀picture฀will฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

[POSITION]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀position฀of฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

NOTE:

•฀The฀default฀setting฀is฀[BOTTOM-RIGHT].

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀the฀sub฀picture’s฀position฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀options฀are:฀TOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM-LEFT,฀and฀BOTTOM-RIGHT.

The฀following฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀are฀available฀for฀the฀main฀picture฀only.

-฀Adjusting฀picture฀and฀sound

-฀Magnifying฀a฀picture

The฀following฀operations฀are฀available฀for฀both฀the฀main฀and฀sub฀pictures.

-฀Picture฀and฀audio฀mute

-฀Freezing฀a฀moving฀picture

3. Convenient Features



Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.฀When฀a฀keyword฀

is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-

jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀

•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.

To฀enable฀the฀Security฀function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the

฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[BA-

SIC].

3. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION(2)].

4. Press the ฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

5. Press the

฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [SECURITY KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

6.฀Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.

The [CONFIRM KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

NOTE:฀Make฀a฀note฀of฀your฀password฀and฀store฀it฀in฀a฀safe฀place.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY function has been enabled.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button.

The projector will be turned on and display a message to the effect that the projector is locked.

2.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

3.฀Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.

NOTE:฀The฀security฀disable฀mode฀is฀maintained฀until฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀unplugging฀the฀power฀cord.

3. Convenient Features

To฀disable฀the฀SECURITY฀function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[INSTALLATION(2)]฀→฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY KEYWORD screen will be displayed.

4.฀Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

When the correct keyword is entered, the SECURITY function will be disabled.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀

code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]฀

is฀a฀request฀code.

3. Convenient Features

 Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser

Overview

The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:

1.฀Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)

To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. (→ page 151)

To use wired/wireless LAN connection, connect the projector to the computer with a commercially available LAN

cable. (

→ page 150)

2.฀Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)

When the projector is connected to a wired/wireless network, lamp replace time or error messages will be sent via

e-mail.

3.฀Operating฀the฀projector

Power on/off, selecting input, volume control and picture adjustments are possible.

4.฀Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON

Two฀ways฀of฀access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀are฀available:

•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀

URL฀:

฀http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html

•฀Use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-

ROM.

TIP:฀The฀factory฀setting฀IP฀address฀is฀[DHCP฀ON].

NOTE:

•฀To฀use฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀network,฀consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀network฀settings.

•฀The฀display’s฀or฀button’s฀response฀can฀be฀slowed฀down฀or฀operation฀may฀not฀be฀accepted฀depending฀the฀settings฀of฀your฀net-

work.

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀consult฀your฀network฀administrator.฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀respond฀if฀its฀buttons฀are฀repeatedly฀pressed฀in฀

rapid฀intervals.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀wait฀a฀moment฀and฀repeat.฀If฀you฀still฀can’t฀get฀any฀response,฀turn฀off฀and฀back฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀If฀the฀PROJECTOR฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀screen฀does฀not฀appear฀in฀the฀web฀browser,฀press฀the฀Ctrl+F5฀keys฀to฀refresh฀your฀web฀

browser฀(or฀clear฀the฀cache).

•฀This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀method฀will฀

vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀in฀your฀software.

Preparation before Use

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(→฀page฀

150)

Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀

setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀

reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-

jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀

projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀

to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.

Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀

setting฀by฀specifying

฀http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀

specifying

฀http://192.168.73.1/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:฀This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.

ON ......................... Power is switched on.

OFF ........................ Power is switched off.

VOLUME:฀This฀controls฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector.

 ........................... Increases the volume adjustment value.

 ........................... Decreases the volume adjustment value.

AV-MUTE:฀This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.

PICTURE ON .......... Mutes the video.

PICTURE OFF ......... Cancels the video muting.

SOUND ON ............ Mutes the audio.

SOUND OFF ........... Cancels the audio muting.

ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio functions.

ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio functions.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Increases the color adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.

•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

93)

SOURCE฀SELECT:฀This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.

COMPUTER 1 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 1 IN connector.

COMPUTER 2 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 2 IN connector.

COMPUTER 3 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 3 IN connector.

HDMI ..................... Switches to the HDMI IN connector.

DisplayPort ............ Switches to the DisplayPort.

VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.

S-VIDEO ................ Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector.

VIEWER ................. Switches to the data on the USB memory device.

NETWORK ............. Switches to a LAN signal.

PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.

LAMP LIFE REMAINING .....Displays the remaining life of the lamp as a percentage.

LAMP HOURS USED ...........Displays how many hours the lamp has been used.

FILTER HOURS USED .........Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used.

ERROR STATUS .................. Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.

LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•฀SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.

APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀

DHCP฀server.

DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀

administrator.

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

WINSSet฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀when฀

[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀on,฀this฀option฀is฀not฀available.

AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Setting฀for฀WIRED฀LAN

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀2.฀

DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Setting฀for฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(the฀optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀required฀for฀Europe,฀Australia,฀and฀Asian฀coun-

tries)฀

EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.

SIMPLE฀ACCES฀POINTSet฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.

WPSUse฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™)฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Use฀the฀projector’s฀menus฀to฀make฀WPS฀connections฀and฀change฀the฀WPS฀

prole฀settings.

CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.฀When฀

you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀

are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀

your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀

3. Convenient Features

SSIDEnter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀

equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀

can฀access.

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-

ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.

AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀

a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.฀

SECURITY฀TYPE

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-

tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.

DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀may฀

be฀monitored฀by฀someone.

WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.

WEP฀128฀bitUses฀128-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀This฀option฀will฀

increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀

datalength฀encryption.

WPA-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA-PSK฀AES/

WPA2-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA2-PSK฀AES/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2

These฀options฀parovide฀stronger฀security฀

than฀WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀WEP฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀

your฀wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀WEP,฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀down.

•฀Other฀encryption฀keys฀than฀WEP฀64bit฀and฀WEP฀128bit฀are฀not฀available฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀

selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

•฀To฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate,฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu.฀(→฀page฀125)

INDEX

Select฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀

TYPE].

KEY

When฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:

Enter฀WEP฀key.

SelectCharacters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)

WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters

WEP฀128฀bitUp฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters

When฀selecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀or฀[WPA2฀

PSK-AES]:

Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

USERNAMESet฀a฀user฀name฀for฀WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP.

PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀

v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

3. Convenient Features

USE฀DIGITAL฀CERTIFI-

CATE

Select฀this฀if฀you฀use฀a฀digital฀certicate฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-

EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀

PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

•฀NAME

PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.฀A฀

projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.฀

TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀

15฀or฀less.

DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀domain฀name฀

must฀be฀60฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀ALERT฀MAIL

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀

when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀

lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]

SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.฀

SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀

1,฀2,฀3

Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀execute฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀network฀

settings฀are฀correct.

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀

happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀correct.

SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀save฀your฀settings฀to฀the฀projector’s฀memory.

3. Convenient Features

•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀

your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.

HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.

AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀

supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀control฀system฀will฀rec

ognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀enable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀disable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀

*What฀is฀PJLink?

PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀proto-

col฀is฀established฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀CRESTRON

DISABLEDisables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.

ENABLEEnables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.฀

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

IP฀IDSet฀your฀IP฀ID฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

•฀INFORMATION

WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.

WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

via a Network [NETWORK PROJECTOR]

By฀selecting฀the฀projector฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀your฀PC,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.฀There฀is฀no฀need฀of฀connection฀using฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

Operation Environment

Applicable฀OSWindows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Hardware฀specicationsThe฀specications฀recommended฀by฀Microsoft฀as฀the฀operation฀environment฀for฀

Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀should฀be฀satised.

Network฀EnvironmentWired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀environment฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP฀is฀required.

Screen฀colorHigh฀Color฀(16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits฀and฀32฀bits)

*฀Setting฀with฀256฀colors฀or฀less฀is฀not฀available.

Setting฀the฀Projector฀to฀Network฀Projector฀Input฀Mode

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATION MENU screen will be displayed. Go to step 3.

3. Convenient Features

2. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

In the screen, the [APPLICATION MENU] menu is displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀select฀[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR].

The [PROJECTOR NAME/DISPLAY RESOLUTION/PASSWORD/URL] will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

Projecting฀the฀Image฀with฀Network฀Projector

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[All฀Programs].

3.฀Click฀[Accessories].

4.฀Click฀[Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector].

When the [Permission Connect to a Network Projector] window appears, click [Yes.].

The “Connect to a Network Projector” window appears.

5.฀Click฀[→฀Search฀for฀a฀projector฀(recommended)].

In the “Available projectors” box, “PA600 Series” is displayed.

6.฀Click฀[PA600฀Series].

The message “Enter the password for the projector that you selected.” is displayed at the bottom of the window.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀password฀input฀box฀displayed฀by฀the฀operation฀at฀step฀3฀on฀page฀44.

8.฀Click฀[Connect].

The network projector function works and the screen of Windows 7 is projected from the projector.

•฀If฀the฀resolution฀of฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀is฀different฀from฀the฀projector’s฀screen฀resolution,฀the฀NETWORK฀

PROJECTOR function may not work. If this happens, change the resolution of the computer’s screen to lower

resolution than the one displayed at Step 3 on page 48.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀network฀projector฀function฀works,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀changes฀to฀solid฀color.฀When฀the฀network฀

projector฀function฀is฀stopped,฀the฀original฀background฀color฀is฀restored.

Reference:฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀found฀at฀Step฀5,฀click฀[฀→฀Enter฀the฀projector฀address].฀Then,฀input฀the฀“Network฀address”฀

(Input฀example:฀http://10.32.97.61/lan)฀and฀“Projectorpassword”฀(Input฀example:฀82291627)฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀

from฀the฀projector.

Exiting฀the฀Network฀Projector฀Operation

1.฀Click฀[Projecting:฀PA600฀Series]฀in฀the฀Windows฀Vista฀task฀bar.

2.฀Click฀[Disconnect].

The Network Projector function is stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer via a Network

[REMOTE DESKTOP]

•฀By฀selecting฀the฀PC฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀the฀projector,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.

฀Then,฀by฀operating฀the฀keyboard,฀you฀can฀operate฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀on฀the฀PC฀connected฀

with฀the฀network.

•฀With฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function,฀you฀can฀remotely฀operate฀the฀PC฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector.

Meeting฀room

Ofce

NOTE:

•฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP]฀function฀will฀work฀on฀the฀following฀Windows฀editions.

฀Windows฀7฀Professional

฀Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows 7 Enterprise

฀Windows฀Vista฀Business

฀Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

฀Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀with฀Service฀Pack฀3

฀(Note)

•฀In฀this฀user’s฀manual฀this฀feature฀is฀described฀using฀Windows฀7฀as฀an฀example,฀but฀Windows฀Vista฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀

Service฀Pack฀2฀or฀later฀will฀also฀work฀with฀this฀feature.

•฀A฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀use฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function.

•฀The฀Remote฀Desktop฀function฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀a฀keyboard.฀Using฀a฀wireless฀mouse฀with฀a฀wireless฀keyboard฀is฀more฀useful฀

for฀operating.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard,฀a฀wireless฀mouse,฀and฀a฀USB฀wireless฀receiver.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀keyboard฀and฀USB฀mouse.

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀with฀a฀built-in฀USB฀hub฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀A฀wireless฀keyboard฀or฀mouse฀that฀supports฀Bluetooth฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀devices฀in฀the฀market.

Prepare฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard฀(US฀layout฀version).

Connect฀the฀USB฀wireless฀receiver฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀projector.฀Make฀all฀necessary฀settings฀for฀your฀

wireless฀keyboard฀and฀mouse.

3. Convenient Features

Setting฀the฀password฀to฀the฀user฀account฀of฀Windows฀7

TIP:฀If฀a฀password฀has฀been฀set฀for฀an฀account,฀the฀steps฀1฀to฀9฀can฀be฀skipped.

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[Add฀or฀remove฀user฀accounts]฀displayed฀under฀[User฀Accounts].

4.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

5.฀Click฀[Administrator].

6.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀[New฀password]฀box.

8.฀Input฀the฀same฀password฀as฀that฀at฀Step฀7฀to฀the฀[Conrm฀new฀password]฀box.

9.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

The Administrator is changed to [Password Protection].

Setting฀the฀Remote฀Access

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[System฀and฀Security].

4.฀Click฀[Allow฀remote฀access]฀displayed฀under฀[System].

5.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

The [System Properties] window appears.

6.฀Click฀[Allow฀connections฀from฀computers฀running฀any฀version฀of฀Remote฀Desktop฀(less฀secure)]฀in฀the฀

Remote฀Desktop฀box฀and฀click฀[OK].

Checking฀the฀IP฀address฀on฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[View฀network฀status฀and฀tasks]฀displayed฀under฀[Network฀and฀Internet].

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Click฀[View฀status]฀displayed฀in฀blue฀on฀the฀right฀of฀[Local฀Area฀Connection]฀in฀the฀window.

The [Local Area Connection Status] window appears.

5.฀Click฀[Details...].

Write down the value for “IPv4 IP Address” (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) displayed.

6.฀Click฀[Close].

7.฀Click฀[X]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀window.

The system goes back to the desktop.

Starting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

NETWORK screen will be displayed. Go to step 3.

3. Convenient Features

2. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [NETWORK] menu will be displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[NETWORK]฀menu,฀use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀select฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION].

The [REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION] window appears.

4.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀Windows฀7฀and฀click฀“Connect”.

The log-on screen of Windows 7 is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

5.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀user’s฀password฀and฀press฀“Enter”.

The remote desktop function is started.

Windows 7 desktop is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

Log out the computer.

Use the wireless keyboard connected to the projector to operate Windows 7.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀projection฀is฀made฀with฀the฀remote฀desktop฀function,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀is฀changed฀to฀solid฀

color.

3. Convenient Features

Exiting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

2.฀Click฀[X]฀on฀the฀right฀of฀the฀start฀menu.

The remote desktop function is stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

TIP:

Setting฀[OPTIONS]฀in฀REMOTE฀DESKTOP

Clicking฀[OPTIONS]฀displays฀the฀[PERFORMANCE]฀screen.

Making฀settings฀to฀[OPTIONS]฀will฀allow฀you฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background,฀or฀to฀enable฀the฀window฀animation฀function฀during฀

the฀Remote฀Desktop฀operation.฀However,฀doing฀this฀will฀cause฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀to฀slow฀down.฀

If฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀is฀slowed฀down,฀try฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀following:

DESKTOP฀BACKGROUND:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background฀in฀solid฀color.

MENU฀AND฀WINDOW฀ANIMATION:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀disable฀menu฀and฀window฀animation.

THEMES:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀not฀to฀use฀Themes.

SHOW฀CONTENTS฀OF฀WINDOW฀WHILE฀DRAGGING:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀show฀only฀the฀window฀pane฀while฀

dragging.

4. Using the Viewer

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

The฀Viewer฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀slides฀or฀movie฀les฀stored฀on฀a฀USB฀memory฀on฀the฀projector,฀or฀a฀shared฀

folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀network.

The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.

•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀

projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.

฀Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.฀

•฀Movie฀le฀with฀audio฀can฀be฀played฀back.

•฀A฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀Adobe฀PDF฀le฀can฀be฀simply฀projected฀on฀the฀screen฀without฀connecting฀a฀com-

puter.

•฀Image฀and฀movie฀les฀stored฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀can฀be฀projected.

฀The฀computer฀with฀“Media฀Sharing”฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀turned฀on฀can฀be฀used฀as฀a฀media฀server.

Supported฀graphic฀formats

FormatFile฀name฀extension

JPEG.jpg,฀.jpe,฀.jpeg฀(CMYK฀is฀not฀supported.)

BMP.bmp฀(bit฀eld฀not฀supported)

PNG

.png฀(Interlaced฀PNG฀and฀α฀channel฀PNG฀are฀not฀supported.)

GIF.gif฀(Interlaced฀GIF,฀transparation฀GIF,฀and฀animation฀GIF฀are฀not฀supported.)

*฀By฀using฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀converted฀into฀index฀le฀(with฀extension฀“.idx”)

*฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀

฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

Maximum฀number฀of฀pixels฀of฀image฀which฀can฀be฀displayed฀are:

•฀Baseline฀JPEG:฀10000฀×฀10000

•฀Progressive฀JPEG:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀GIF:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀Others:฀4000฀×฀4000

•฀Some฀les฀supported฀by฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported movie ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionVideo฀compression/expansion฀methodAudio฀compression/expansion฀method

.mpg,฀.mpeg.MPEG2MPEG฀Audio฀Layer2

MPEG฀Audio฀Layer3

.wmvVC-1/WMV9WMA9฀Standard

.mp4H.264/AVCAAC-LC

Playback฀requirements:

Resolution:฀320฀×฀240฀to฀1280฀×฀720

Video฀frame฀rate:฀up฀to฀30fps

Bitrate:฀up฀to฀15Mbps

Audio฀sampling฀rate:฀up฀to฀48kHz

Channel:฀up฀to฀2ch฀stereo

Audio฀bit฀rate:฀up฀to฀256฀Kbps

Max.฀le฀size:฀up฀to฀2GB

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE:

•฀Movie฀les฀converted฀by฀using฀the฀video/audio฀format฀which฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀this฀projector฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

฀In฀this฀case,฀there฀will฀be฀no฀icon฀to฀show฀that฀playback฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀Files฀with฀Digital฀Rights฀Management(DRM)฀protection฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

•฀Some฀of฀the฀movie฀les฀that฀meet฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back.

•฀WMV฀format฀video฀le฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀an฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀1฀to฀1฀independently฀of฀its฀original฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀Files฀that฀can฀be฀played฀back฀on฀the฀media฀server฀are฀graphics฀and฀movie฀les.฀In฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀(Windows฀XP/

Windows฀Vista)฀mp4฀les฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

Supported PDF ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pdfAdobe฀Acrobat฀PDF

NOTE:

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀in฀PDF฀may฀not฀be฀displayed

•฀Functions฀added฀to฀PDF฀le฀after฀created฀will฀not฀work฀or฀display.฀Functions฀added฀are฀bookmarks,฀boxes฀in฀form฀tool,฀and฀notes฀

will not be displayed.

฀Auto฀ip฀or฀Auto฀transition฀will฀not฀work.

•฀Some฀PDF฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀PowerPoint฀les

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.ppt,฀.pptxMicrosoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2007

NOTE:

•฀Playable฀fonts,฀colors,฀font฀ornament,฀placement,฀object฀insertion฀or฀animation฀are฀restricted.

•฀Some฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2007฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported USB memory devices

-฀Be฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀formatted฀with฀the฀FAT,฀exFAT,฀FAT32฀or฀FAT16฀le฀system.

฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NTFS฀formatted฀USB฀memory.

฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀recognize฀your฀USB฀memory,฀check฀if฀the฀format฀is฀supported.

฀To฀format฀your฀USB฀memory฀in฀your฀computer,฀refer฀to฀the฀document฀or฀help฀le฀that฀comes฀with฀your฀Win-

dows.

-฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀memories฀in฀the฀market.

-฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀

฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀identify฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀

intervals.

4. Using the Viewer

Notices on shared folder and media server

•฀Files฀from฀a฀shared฀folder฀or฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀projected฀if฀security฀or฀antivirus฀software฀is฀installed฀on฀your฀

computer.

•฀Open฀the฀following฀rewall฀ports:

-฀Media฀server฀

Port฀numberProtocol

1900UDP

2869TCP

10243TCP

10280-10284UDP

-฀Shared฀folder

Port฀numberProtocol

137UDP/TCP

138UDP/TCP

139UDP/TCP

445UDP/TCP

•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀sharing฀and฀security฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀and฀set฀your฀security฀or฀

antivirus฀software฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder.฀Consult฀your฀network฀administrator฀for฀more฀informa-

tion.

•฀Movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀or฀the฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back฀correctly฀depending฀on฀your฀network฀

environment฀or฀the฀bit฀rate฀of฀your฀le.

NOTE:

Do฀not฀disconnect฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀computer฀by฀removing฀the฀LAN฀cable฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀projector฀when฀a฀Pow-

erPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed฀from฀a฀shared฀folder.

Doing฀so฀will฀make฀Viewer฀inoperable.

NOTE

•฀The฀following฀operations฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀

and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

-฀Auto฀Adjustment฀by฀using฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button

-฀Volume฀control฀with฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button

•฀Freezing฀picture฀by฀using฀the฀FREEZE,฀ASPECT,฀or฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀

screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

•฀Executing฀[RESET]฀→฀[ALL฀DATA]฀from฀the฀menu฀will฀return฀the฀settings฀for฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Preparing presentation materials

1.฀Create฀your฀presentation฀materials฀and฀save฀them฀in฀a฀supported฀le฀format฀to฀your฀computer.

•฀See฀page฀

81 for supported ﬁle formats.

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer฀before฀giving฀your฀real฀presentation.

With Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 contained the supplied CD-ROM, you can convert your PowerPoint ﬁles to index

ﬁles that can be displayed on the Viewer.

•฀When฀creating฀a฀PDF฀le,฀embed฀your฀fonts฀in฀your฀PDF฀le.฀Embedding฀fonts฀requires฀Adobe฀Acrobat.฀This฀

cannot be done in Adobe Reader.

TIP:

•฀Using฀Print฀Command

Example฀for฀font฀embedding฀using฀Print฀Command.฀See฀the฀help฀of฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀for฀more฀information.

1.฀Select฀“Print”฀from฀the฀“File”฀menu.

2.฀Select฀“Adobe฀PDF”฀from฀“Printer฀name”฀and฀click฀the฀“Properties”฀but

ton.

3.฀Click฀the฀“Edit”฀button฀in฀the฀“Adobe฀PDF฀Settings”฀tab.

4.฀Click฀the฀font฀tab฀in฀the฀Edit฀window฀to฀select฀the฀font฀embed฀window.

5.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“Embed฀all฀fonts”.

Click “OK” to return to the Print window, and click “OK” to start creating a

PDF ﬁle.

2.฀Save฀a฀le฀to฀your฀drive.

To save a ﬁle to your USB memory:

Use the Windows Explore to copy the ﬁle to your USB memory.

To place a ﬁle in a shared folder you create in your computer, see page

72.

To use “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11, see page

76.

4. Using the Viewer

❸ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.

The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.

Starting the Viewer

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀(→

page 14)

2.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀it’s฀LED฀

ashes.฀Doing฀so฀may฀corrupt฀the฀data.

TIP:

You฀can฀a฀USB฀memory฀insert฀the฀projector฀when฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀

is displayed.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display the

drive list screen.

Another way to select [VIEWER] is to press the VIEWER

button on the remote control.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀the฀drive฀list฀screen,฀see฀page฀

64.

•฀To฀display฀graphics฀in฀a฀shared฀folder,฀see฀page฀72; to display still

images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀a฀media฀server,฀see฀page฀76.

4. Using the Viewer

4. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀select฀“USB1”฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.

The “USB1” thumbnail screen will be displayed.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀page฀66.

5. Use the ▲▼◀ or ▶ button to select an icon.

•฀The฀→ (arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are

more pages. pressing the PAGE

▽ (page down) button

will show the next page: pressing the PAGE

△ (page up)

will show the previous page.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Operation varies depending on the selected ﬁle.

฀•฀Still฀image

The selected slide will be displayed.

The

◀ or ▶ button can be used to select the next (right)

slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀

with which is used to select or rotate an slide.(→ page

67)

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Movie฀le

The movie ﬁle will start playing.

After ﬁnishing the playback, the screen will turn to black.

Press the EXIT button to return to the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀movie’s฀

control bar with which you can pause or fastforward and

some other operations.

฀•฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le

The slide on the ﬁrst page will be displayed.

Press

▶ to select the next slide; press ◀ to select the previ-

ous slide.

•฀You฀can฀also฀use฀the฀▼ or ▲ button to select a page. To

return to the thumbnail screen, press the EXIT button.

NOTE:

•฀Files฀with฀slideshow฀or฀animation฀effects฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀

displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer.

฀See฀“Supported฀PowerPoint฀les”฀on฀page฀57, 81.

฀•฀Adobe฀PDF฀le

The ﬁrst page will be displayed.

•฀The฀PDF฀le฀will฀ll฀the฀width฀of฀the฀screen.

Pressing the ▼ or ▲ button will scroll the screen down or

up.

The PAGE

▽ or PAGE △ button will move the screen one

page down or up.

To return to the thumbnail screen, press the EXIT button.

•฀When฀a฀passoword฀input฀window฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀

that the PDF ﬁle is password-protected.

Pressing the ENTER button will show the software

keyboard. Use the software keyboard to enter your

password.

Select [OK] and press the ENTER button. The PDF ﬁle

will be displayed.

•฀For฀more฀information฀on฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

131.

NOTE:

Bookmarks฀and฀notes฀that฀were฀added฀after฀PDF฀conversion฀will฀not฀

be displayed.

If฀fonts฀were฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀conversion,฀those฀fonts฀

will not be displayed.

TIP:

It฀takes฀some฀time฀(about฀30฀seconds฀to฀two฀minutes)฀to฀display฀a฀

large฀size฀le฀or฀to฀turn฀pages฀of฀a฀PDF฀le฀that฀has฀many฀pages.

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Index฀le฀(extension:.idx)

•฀Index฀les,฀which฀is฀converted฀by฀using฀Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter 3.0, will appear in the Thumbnail screen.

Only folders and JPEG files converted by using

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will appear in the Thumbnail

screen.

•฀To฀select฀slideshow฀of฀index฀les,฀open฀the฀[PRESENTA-

TION] folder in the DRIVE LIST screen.

However, index ﬁles will not appear. Only folders and

JPEG ﬁles will appear.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀index฀folders฀in฀your฀USB฀and฀shared฀folder฀

are displayed. The four folders will be displayed in reverse

chronological order

•฀When฀you฀insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀storing฀index฀

with the Viewer in operation, the content of the index ﬁles

will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀play฀mode฀(MANUAL/AUTO)฀for฀slides฀of฀index฀le฀works฀in฀

the฀following฀way:

฀In฀case฀of฀[MANUAL]฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀→฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

→฀[MANUAL],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀manual฀playback฀in฀regard-

less฀of฀whether฀[INTERVAL]฀is฀set.

฀In฀case฀of฀[AUTO]฀selected฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀→฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

→฀[AUTO],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀at฀intervals฀

specied฀by฀using฀[INTERVAL].

฀When,฀however,฀[-1]฀is฀selected฀for฀[INTERVAL],฀the฀play฀mode฀will฀

be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀[OPTIONS]฀→

[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[INTERVAL].

7.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.

Return to the drive list screen. Make sure that the LED on

the USB memory is not ﬂashing before removing the USB

memory.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀slide฀

displayed,฀the฀projector฀may฀not฀operate฀correctly.฀If฀this฀happens,฀

turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord.฀Wait฀3฀minutes,฀then฀

connect฀the฀power฀cord,฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

Exiting the Viewer

1.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀

[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display

another source.

•฀To฀exit฀the฀Viewer฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀select฀a฀

source other than [VIEWER].

XXXX Motors

4. Using the Viewer

Names and functions of Viewer screen

The฀Viewer฀has฀three฀screens:฀Drive฀list฀screen,฀Thumbnail฀screen,฀and฀Slide฀screen.

•฀Drive฀list฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀drives฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀submenu.

Operation for Drive list screen

1. Press the ▶ button to move the cursor to the drive list.

(Use the

◀ or ▶ button to switch between the menu and the drive list.)

Press the

▼ or ▲ button to select a type of drive; press the ◀ or ▶ button to select the drive connected to the

projector.

2.฀Select฀the฀drive฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀of฀the฀selected฀drive.

Cursor (yellow)

Menu Menu

Scroll bar

[Drive list screen] [Thumbnail screen]

Folder icon

Path information

Drive information/File information

Menu guide

Operation button guide

Control bar

* The operation for still image differs from that for movie.

[Slide screen]

4. Using the Viewer

Functions

NameDescription

REFRESHDisplays฀additional฀media฀servers฀in฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSOpens฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀slides.฀(→฀page฀

69)

MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀movie฀les.฀(→฀page฀

70)

AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀auto฀play.฀(→฀page฀

70)

SHAREED฀FOLDER

Sets฀up฀a฀shared฀folder.฀(→฀page฀

72)

MEDIA฀SERVER

Sets฀up฀a฀media฀server.฀(→฀page฀

76)

RETURNCloses฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.฀

SYSTEM฀SETTINGSwitches฀to฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.฀See฀wired฀LAN,฀wireless฀LAN,฀WPS,฀

network฀information,฀mouse,฀and฀keyboard฀in฀“9.฀Application฀Menu”.฀(→

page฀118)

USBDisplays฀the฀icon฀for฀a฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀

projector.

SHARED฀FOLDERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀shared฀folder).

*฀See฀page฀72฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀shared฀foler฀of฀the฀projector.

MEDIA฀SERVERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀media฀server).

*฀See฀page฀76฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀media฀server฀of฀the฀projector

PRESENTATIONDisplays฀the฀icon฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀or฀shared฀foler฀stores฀index฀les.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Drive฀information[Example]

USB1314MB฀FREE/492MB

Displays฀the฀drive.Displays฀free฀space฀and฀capcity฀of฀

a฀drive.฀(USB฀only)

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

*฀It฀is฀displayed฀in฀three-digit฀number฀(rounding฀up)

NOTE:

When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀or฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed.฀To฀display฀it,฀select฀the฀[RETURN]฀

icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Thumbnail฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀folders,฀thumbnails,฀and฀icons฀in฀the฀drive฀selected฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀menu฀or฀setting฀screen.

Operation฀for฀Thumbnail฀screen

1. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀when฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀not฀dis-

played.

2. Press the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶ button to select a ﬁle or folder.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀start฀slideshow฀or฀playback฀of฀the฀selected฀le.฀Selecting฀a฀folder฀will฀display฀

its thumbnail screen.

Functions

NameDescription

UP Goes฀to฀one฀upper฀level฀menu.

THUMBNAILSwitches฀two฀displays฀between฀thumbnail฀and฀icon.

SORT฀SETTINGRearranges฀folders฀or฀les.

DRIVE฀LISTReturns฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSChanges฀to฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SYSTEM฀SET-

TING

Opens฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.

Scroll฀barThumbnail฀screen฀will฀display฀12฀les฀with฀4฀by฀3.฀If฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀has฀twelve฀or฀

more฀les฀or฀folders,฀the฀scroll฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀right฀side.฀Using฀the฀PAGE฀

▽฀or฀PAGE฀△฀button฀will฀scroll฀the฀whole฀screen฀down฀or฀up.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Thumbnail฀information[Example]

005.jpg5/200 11/03/2010฀13:25:12฀502KB

Selected฀folder฀

name฀or฀le฀

name

Numbers฀and฀order฀of฀

les฀in฀a฀folder฀(only฀

when฀folder฀selected)

Create/Change฀date:฀

M/D/Y/H/M/B

Displays฀le฀

capacity

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

TIP:

•฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀[?]฀will฀be฀displayed,

•฀The฀maximum฀displayable฀number฀of฀images฀is฀300฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀including฀the฀number฀of฀folders.

•฀If฀a฀le฀name฀or฀path฀of฀a฀folder฀is฀longer฀than฀specied,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀center฀characters฀or฀path฀skipped.

฀Example:฀“123456789.jpg”฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀“123..789.jpg”.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Slide฀screen฀(still฀image/movie)

Plays฀a฀le฀selected฀from฀a฀list฀of฀thumbnails฀or฀icons.

•฀For฀operating฀a฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀Adobe฀PDF฀le,฀see฀page฀

62.

Control฀bar฀operation

•฀The฀control฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀only฀when฀a฀still฀image฀(or฀index฀le)฀and฀a฀movie฀le฀is฀selected.

•฀The฀control฀bar฀for฀still฀images฀differs฀from฀that฀for฀movie฀les.

1.฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀in฀Slide฀screen฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

2. Use the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀The฀selected฀function฀will฀be฀executed.

Functions฀of฀still฀image฀control฀bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image

PLAYPlays฀the฀image.฀This฀button฀also฀is฀used฀to฀stop฀or฀start฀playing฀an฀image.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀next฀image.

RIGHTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

LEFTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀counter฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀slides฀or฀slideshow,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀

screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Functions฀of฀movie฀control฀bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀movie฀le.

•฀Goes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀the฀previous฀movie฀le฀if฀executed฀immediately฀after฀being฀

started฀playing.

FRFast-rewinds฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

PLAY/PAUSE

PLAYPlays฀a฀movie฀le.

PAUSEStops฀playing฀a฀movie฀le.

FF Fast-forwards฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀next฀movie฀le.

TIMEDisplays฀an฀elapsed฀time฀for฀playback฀or฀pause.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀a฀movie,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Viewer option settings

•฀SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀still฀images฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

PLAY฀MODEMANUALSelects฀manual฀play.

AUTOSelects฀auto฀play.

INTERVAL5฀-฀300฀secondsSpecifies฀interval฀time฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀PLAY฀

MODE.

REPEAT

Check฀markTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

TIP

•฀To฀play฀one฀or฀more฀slides,฀place฀those฀les฀into฀a฀folder.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀functions฀for฀a฀movie฀le.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

REPEATOFFTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

ONE฀REPEATRepeats฀one฀le฀only.

ALL฀REPEATRepeats฀all฀les฀in฀the฀current฀folder.

TIP

•฀Turning฀on฀[REPEAT]฀will฀display฀black฀screen฀during฀intermission฀between฀movies.

•฀AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀auto฀play฀for฀slideshow฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector,฀or฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

NameOptionsDescription

AUTO฀PLAYOFF—

PICTURE

Plays฀the฀rst฀still฀image฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

MOVIEPlays฀the฀rst฀movie฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

PowerPointPlays฀the฀rst฀PowerPoint฀le฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

TIP

•฀Auto฀play฀behavior฀is฀different฀between฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

•฀Auto฀play฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀supporting฀the฀le฀type฀set฀up฀for฀Auto฀Play.฀The฀le฀will฀be฀searched฀in฀the฀drive฀root฀or฀

lower฀level.฀

•฀When฀[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀last฀selected฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played฀if฀it฀is฀found,฀or฀the฀last฀selected฀folder฀

will฀be฀searched฀and฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played.

฀To฀automatically฀play฀a฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀USB฀memory,฀store฀one฀movie฀le฀or฀change฀its฀le฀name฀so฀that฀it฀can฀be฀searched฀rst.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀SORT฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀order฀of฀displaying฀thumbnails฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SORT

NAME฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀ascending฀order.

NAME฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀descending฀order.

EXT.฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀ascending฀or-

der.

EXT.฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀descending฀

order.

DATE฀(NEW)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀reverse฀chronological฀order.

DATE฀(OLD)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀chronological฀order.

SIZE฀(BIG)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

SIZE฀(SMALL)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀ascending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

4. Using the Viewer

❹ Projecting data from shared folder

LAN

Shared folder

Wireless LAN

Projector

Shared folder

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Place฀les฀to฀be฀projected฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀and฀note฀the฀folder’s฀path.฀Memorize฀or฀write฀down฀the฀

path฀for฀later฀use.

•฀For฀sharing฀a฀folder,฀refer฀to฀your฀user฀guide฀or฀help฀le฀accompanied฀with฀your฀Windows฀computer.

•฀Use฀a฀keyboard฀to฀give฀a฀name฀to฀the฀shared฀folder฀in฀alphanumeric฀characters.

•฀To฀connect฀the฀shared฀folder฀beyond฀the฀subnet,฀set฀[WINS฀CONFIGURATION]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀

the฀menu.

•฀Digital฀signature฀(SMB฀signature)฀is฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to the shared folder

1.฀Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The drive list window will be displayed.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(→ page

16)

4. Using the Viewer

2.฀Displays฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the (OPTIONS) icon and press the ENTER button.

•฀When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Display฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER฀SETTING]฀screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the (SHARED FOLDER SETTING) icon and press the ENETR button.

4. Select a folder number and place to enable it.

Press the

◀ or ▶ button to a shared folder number and press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] , and then press

the ENTER button.

5.฀Enter฀the฀path,฀user฀name,฀and฀password฀for฀the฀shared฀folder.

Press the ▼ button to select the [SHARED FOLDER] ﬁeld. The software keyboard will be displayed.

For using the software keyboard, see page

131.

•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀password฀protected,฀entering฀a฀password฀is฀not฀required.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀shared฀folders฀can฀be฀added.

•฀The฀maximum฀length฀of฀a฀path฀of฀the฀shared฀folder฀must฀be฀15฀alphanumeric฀characters฀for฀computer฀name฀and฀

23 alphanumeric characters for folder name.

4. Using the Viewer

6.฀Exit฀the฀setting.

Press the ▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button.

This will close the [SHARED FOLDER] screen.

•฀If฀an฀error฀message฀appear,฀your฀settings฀are฀not฀correct.฀Try฀again.

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the shared folder from the projector

•฀Disable฀the฀number฀of฀a฀shared฀folder฀you฀wish฀to฀disconnect

Press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] and press the ENTER button to clear it.

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed,฀do฀not฀disconnect฀your฀LAN฀cable.฀If฀doing฀so,฀the฀Viewer฀will฀not฀work.

TIP:฀

•฀Connecting฀settings฀for฀Shared฀folder฀

฀Settings฀of฀up฀to฀four฀folders฀can฀be฀saved.

฀Restarting฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀setting-saved฀shared฀folders฀in฀grey฀folder฀icon฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀

฀Selecting฀the฀grey฀icon฀folder฀will฀skip฀entry฀for฀a฀folder฀path.

•฀Failing฀to฀connect฀with฀a฀shared฀folder฀will฀display฀the฀folder฀icon฀with฀“x”฀mark.฀If฀this฀happen,฀check฀your฀folder฀setting.

4. Using the Viewer

❺ Projecting data from media server

LAN

Media server

Wireless LAN

Media server

Projector

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Prepare฀image฀les฀or฀movie฀les฀to฀be฀projected,฀and฀set฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀

11฀or฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

NOTE:

•฀Both฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀media฀server฀must฀be฀on฀the฀same฀subnet.฀Connecting฀to฀the฀media฀server฀beyond฀the฀subnet฀is฀not฀

possible.

•฀Types฀of฀images฀and฀movies฀which฀can฀be฀shared฀may฀vary฀depending฀on฀Windows฀version.

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.

2.฀Select฀“Media฀Sharing”฀from฀“Library”.

The “Media Sharing” dialog box will be displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

3.฀Select฀“Share฀my฀media”฀check฀box,฀and฀then฀select฀OK.฀

A list of accessible devices will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀“PA600฀Series”฀and฀then฀“Allow”.

A check mark will be added to the “PA600 Series” icon.

•฀The฀“PA600฀Series”฀is฀a฀projector฀name฀specied฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀

5.฀Select฀“OK”.

This will make pictures and video in “Library” available from the projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 12

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

2.฀Select฀“Stream”,฀and฀then฀select฀“Automatically฀allow฀devices฀to฀play฀my฀media”.

The “Allow All Media Devices” windows will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀“Automatically฀allow฀all฀computers฀and฀media฀devices”.

Graphics and movie ﬁles in “Library” can be used from the projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Connecting the projector to the media server

Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀VIEWER฀will฀start.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(→฀page฀

16)

•฀This฀will฀start฀searching฀for฀a฀computer฀with฀“media฀sharing”฀enabled฀in฀the฀network฀and฀add฀it฀to฀the฀“Media฀server”฀

of฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀do฀this฀is฀to฀point฀the฀cursor฀to฀“Media฀server”฀and฀select฀[REFRESH]฀from฀the฀thumbnail฀menu฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀four฀accessible฀media฀servers฀can฀be฀automatically฀searched฀and฀displayed.฀The฀fth฀device฀or฀later฀cannot฀be฀displayed.

(→฀page฀60)

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the projector from the media server

1.฀Display฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the [OPTIONS] icon and select the ENTER button.

2.฀Display฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the MEDIA SERVER icon and press the ENTER button.

3.฀Disable฀the฀connection.

Press the ENTER button to clear the checkmark to disable the connection.

Press the

▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button to close the MEDIA SERVER setting screen.

4. Using the Viewer

❻ Restrictions on displaying ﬁles

The฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀give฀a฀simplied฀display฀of฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le.

Due฀to฀simplied฀display,฀however,฀actual฀display฀may฀be฀different฀from฀the฀one฀on฀your฀computer฀application฀pro-

gram.

Some restrictions on PowerPoint ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀will฀be฀automatically฀converted฀to฀the฀fonts฀installed฀in฀the฀projector.฀Fonts฀can฀vary฀in฀size฀or฀width,฀causing฀

layout฀corruption

฀Some฀characters฀or฀fonts฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀animation,฀selection,฀or฀hyperlink.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97-2007฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Some restrictions on PDF ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀creation฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀annotations,฀selection,฀form,฀or฀color฀space.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

1 Using the Menus

NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀commands฀such฀as ENTER,฀EXIT,฀, ฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.

2. Press the ฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀

tab.

4. Use the

฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀

set.

฀You฀can฀use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.

5.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀

buttons on the remote control or

the projector cabinet.

Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.

7.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.

8.฀฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

5. Using On-Screen Menu



Menu Elements

Slide bar

Solid triangle

Menu mode

Tab

Radio button

High Altitude symbol

ECO mode symbol

Wireless symbol

Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:

Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.

Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.

Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.

Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.

Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.

Menu mode ........................Indicates the current menu mode: BASIC or ADVANCED.

Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.

Slide bar ............................. Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.

ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates [ECO MODE] is set.

Key Lock symbol ................ Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.

Thermometer symbol ......... Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [ON] mode because the internal temperature is too

high.

High Altitude symbol .......... Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.

Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.

Source

Available buttons

Thermometer symbol

Key Lock symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 List of Menu Items

Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SOURCE

COMPUTER1*

COMPUTER2*

COMPUTER3(BNC)*

HDMI*

DisplayPort*

VIDEO*

S-VIDEO*

VIEWER*

NETWORK*

ENTRY฀LIST

TEST฀PATTERN

ADJUST

PICTURE

MODESTANDARD

STANDARD,฀PROFESSIONAL

PRESET*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

DETAIL฀

SETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

GAMMA฀

CORRECTION*

DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL

SCREEN฀SIZE*

*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL

COLOR฀

TEMPERATURE*

*5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀8500,฀9300,฀10500

DYNAMIC฀

CONTRAST

*OFF,฀ON

WHITE฀BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

COLOR฀

CORRECTION

RED0

GREEN0

BLUE0

YELLOW0

MAGENTA0

CYAN0

CONTRAST50

BRIGHTNESS50

SHARPNESS10

COLOR50

HUE0

RESET

IMAGE฀

OPTIONS

CLOCK*

PHASE*

HORIZONTAL*

VERTICAL*

OVERSCAN*

AUTO,฀0[%],฀5[%],฀10[%]

ASPECT฀RATIO

(COMPUTER1/2/3)฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀5:4,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀

NATIVE

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀LETTERBOX,฀

WIDE฀SCREEN,฀ZOOM

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)฀AUTO,฀4:3฀WINDOW,฀

LETTERBOX,฀WIDE฀SCREEN,฀4:3฀FILL

RESOLUTION*–

VIDEO

NOISE฀

REDUCTION

RANDOM฀NR*OFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH

MOSQUITO฀NROFFOFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH

BLOCK฀NROFFOFF,฀ON

DEINTERLACEAUTOAUTO,฀VIDEO,฀FILM

3D฀Y/C฀SEPARATIONONOFF,฀ON

DETAIL฀ENHANCEMENT*

SIGNAL฀TYPERGBRGB,฀COMPONENT

VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*3฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀฀the฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]฀is฀not฀available.

•฀Basic฀menu฀items฀are฀indicated฀by฀shaded฀area.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUP

BASIC

KEYSTONE

HORIZONTAL0

VERTICAL0

CORNERSTONE

PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀

PICTURE

PIP/PBP฀MODEPIPPIP,฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE

PIP฀POSITIONBOTTOM-RIGHTTOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM-LEFT,฀BOTTOM-RIGHT

PIP/PBP฀SOURCEOFFOFF,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO

WALL฀COLOROFF

OFF,฀WHITEBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀

(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀GREEN,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀

SKY฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE,฀PINK

ECO฀MODEOFFOFF,฀ON

CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF

OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀

TEXT1,฀TEXT2,฀TEXT3,฀TEXT4

OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE,฀PROGRAM฀TIMER,฀TIME,฀

MOUSE

LANGUAGEENGLISH

ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀

SVENSKA,฀日本語

DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀POLSKI,฀

NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI

NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀РУССКИЙ,

, Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKA, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,

ไทย

COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME

SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

MESSAGE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON

DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC

BACKGROUNDBLUEBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO

FILTER฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

INSTALLATION฀

(1)

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP฀

FRONT

DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀

CEILING฀FRONT

SCREEN

SCREEN฀TYPE4:3฀SCREEN4:3฀SCREEN,฀16:9฀SCREEN,฀16:10฀SCREEN

POSITION฀

(PA600X/PA500X)

GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTIONOFFOFF,฀1,฀2,฀3

MULTI-SCREEN฀

COMP.

MODEOFFOFF,฀ON

CONTRAST0

BRIGHTNESS0

REF.฀WHITE฀

BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

UNIFORMITY฀R0

UNIFORMITY฀B0

STATIC฀

CONVERGENCE

(PA500U฀only)

HORIZONTAL฀R0

HORIZONTAL฀G0

HORIZONTAL฀B0

VERTICAL฀R0

VERTICAL฀B0

INSTALLATION฀

(2)

NETWORK฀SETTINGS

WIRED฀LAN,฀WIRELESS฀LAN,฀WPS,฀NETWORK฀

INFORMATION,฀PROJECTOR฀NAME,฀DOMAIN,฀ALERT฀

MAIL,฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON

SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON

COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps,฀115200bps

REMOTE฀SENSORFRONT/BACKFRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀BACK

CONTROL฀ID

CONTROL฀ID฀NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON

OPTIONS(1)

AUTO฀ADJUSTNORMALOFF,฀NORMAL,฀FINE

FAN฀MODE

AUTOMODE:฀AUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE

NORMALSETTING:฀NORMAL,฀VERTICAL฀TILT฀UP

SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,฀VIDEO

SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING(PA500U฀only)OFFOFF,฀ON

COLOR฀SYSTEM

VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

S-VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

COMPUTER3฀

(VIDEO)

AUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

DIGITAL฀AUDIO฀

SELECT

HDMIHDMI

HDMI,฀COMPUTER2

DisplayPortDisplayPortDisplayPort,฀COMPUTER2

BEEPONOFF,฀ON

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUPOPTIONS(2)

STANDBY฀MODENORMALNORMAL,฀POWER-SAVING,฀NETWORK฀STANDBY

DIRECT฀POWER฀ONOFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)OFFOFF,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER3

AUTO฀POWER฀OFFOFFOFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:20,฀0:30

DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST

LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀

HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK

INFO.

USAGE฀TIME

LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀HOURS฀USED

FILTER฀HOURS฀USED

TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS

SOURCE(1)

INPUT฀TERMINAL

RESOLUTION

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY

VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY

SYNC฀TYPE

SYNC฀POLARITY

SCAN฀TYPE

SOURCE฀NAME

ENTRY฀NO.

SOURCE(2)

SIGNAL฀TYPE

VIDEO฀TYPE

BIT฀DEPTH

VIDEO฀LEVEL

LINK฀RATE

LINK฀LANE

WIRED฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀

LAN(1)

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀

LAN(2)

SSID

NETWORK฀TYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

VERSION฀(1)

FIRMWARE

DATA

FIRMWARE2

SUB-CPU

VERSION฀(2)FIRMWARE3

OTHERS

PROJECTOR฀NAME

MODEL฀NO.

SERIAL฀NUMBER

LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀

is฀set)

RESET

CURRENT฀SIGNAL

ALL฀DATA

ALL฀DATA(INCLUDING฀ENTRY฀LIST)

CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS

CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER 1, 2, and 3

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀1,฀2,฀or฀COMPUTER฀3฀input฀connector฀signal.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN,฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN,฀or฀COMPUTER฀3฀IN฀connector,฀select฀

[COMPUTER1],฀[COMPUTER2]฀or฀[COMPUTER3]฀respectively.฀The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀whether฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀

2,฀or฀3฀input฀signal฀is฀an฀RGB฀or฀component฀signal.

HDMI

Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀IN฀connector.

DisplayPort

Projects฀the฀image฀of฀the฀device฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector.

VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.

S-VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀S-VIDEO฀input-VCR฀or฀DVD฀player.

NOTE:฀A฀frame฀may฀freeze฀for฀a฀brief฀period฀of฀time฀when฀a฀video฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀with฀a฀Video฀or฀S-

Video฀source.

VIEWER

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.

(→฀page฀56฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)

NETWORK

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional฀for฀models฀for฀Europe,฀

Australia,฀Asia฀and฀other฀countries฀than฀North฀America).

ENTRY LIST

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀signals.฀See฀the฀following฀pages.

TEST PATTERN

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀switches฀to฀the฀test฀pattern฀screen.฀The฀previous฀screen฀reappears฀when฀the฀EXIT฀button฀is฀

pressed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀the฀Entry฀List

When฀any฀source฀adjustments฀are฀made,฀the฀adjustments฀are฀automatically฀registered฀in฀the฀Entry฀List.฀The฀(adjustment฀

values฀of)฀registered฀signals฀can฀be฀loaded฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀whenever฀necessary.

However,฀only฀up฀to฀100฀patterns฀can฀be฀registered฀in฀the฀Entry฀List.฀When฀100฀patterns฀have฀been฀registered฀in฀the฀

Entry฀List,฀an฀error฀message฀is฀then฀displayed฀and฀no฀additional฀patterns฀can฀be฀registered.฀You฀should฀thus฀delete฀

(adjustment฀values฀of)฀signals฀that฀are฀no฀longer฀needed.

Displaying฀the฀Entry฀list

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the

 or ฀button฀to฀select฀[SOURCE].

The SOURCE list will be displayed.

3. Use the , , , or ฀to฀select฀[ENTRY฀LIST]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The ENTRY LIST windows will be displayed.

If the ENTRY LIST window is not displayed, switch the menu to [ADVANCED].

To switch the menu between [ADVANCED] and [BASIC], select [APPLICATION MENU]

→ [TOOLS] →

[ADMINISTRATOR MODE]. (→ page 136)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Entering฀the฀currently฀projected฀signal฀into฀the฀Entry฀List฀[STORE]

1. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀any฀number.

2. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀[STORE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Calling฀up฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[LOAD]

Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Editing฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[EDIT]

1. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀edit.

2. Press the , , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[EDIT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The Edit window will be displayed.

SOURCE฀NAMEEnter฀a฀signal฀name.฀Up฀to฀18฀alphanumeric฀characters฀can฀be฀used.

INPUT฀TERMINALSelect฀the฀input฀source.

LOCKSet฀so฀that฀the฀selected฀signal฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀when฀[ALL฀DELETE]฀is฀executed.฀The฀

changes฀made฀after฀LOCK฀execution฀cannot฀be฀saved.

SKIPSet฀so฀that฀the฀selected฀signal฀will฀be฀skipped฀during฀auto฀search.

3.฀Set฀the฀above฀items฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀The฀input฀terminal฀cannot฀be฀changed฀to฀the฀currently฀projected฀signal.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Cutting฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[CUT]

1. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀delete.

2. Press the , , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[CUT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The signal will be deleted from the Entry List and the deleted signal will be displayed on the clipboard at the bottom

of the Entry List.

NOTE:

•฀The฀currently฀projected฀signal฀cannot฀be฀deleted.

•฀When฀the฀locked฀signal฀is฀selected,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀gray฀which฀indicates฀it฀is฀not฀available.

TIP:

•฀Data฀on฀the฀clipboard฀can฀be฀passed฀onto฀the฀Entry฀List.

•฀Data฀on฀the฀clipboard฀will฀not฀be฀lost฀after฀the฀Entry฀List฀is฀closed.

Copying฀and฀pasting฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[COPY]฀/฀[PASTE]

1. Press the  or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀copy.

2. Press the , , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[COPY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The copied signal will be displayed on the clipboard at the bottom of the Entry List.

3. Press the

 or  button to move to the list.

4. Press the

 or  button to select a signal.

5. Press the

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[PASTE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Data on the clipboard will be pasted to the signal.

Deleting฀all฀the฀signals฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[ALL฀DELTE]

1. Press the , , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[ALL฀DELETE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

2. Press the

 or ฀button฀to฀select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀The฀locked฀signal฀cannot฀be฀deleted.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[MODE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀determine฀how฀to฀save฀settings฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀of฀[PRESET]฀for฀each฀input.

STANDARD ............ Saves settings for each item of [PRESET] (Preset 1 through 7)

PROFESSIONAL ..... Saves all the settings of [PICTURE] for each input.

[PRESET]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.

You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.฀

There฀are฀seven฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.฀You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀

user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.

Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.

•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-

ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀

฀The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERA-

TURE].฀

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values.

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

Selecting฀Gamma฀Correction฀Mode฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]

Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:

DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.

NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.

BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]

This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.

LARGE ................... For screen size of 150"

MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 100"

SMALL ................... For screen size of 50"

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.

NOTE:฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.

To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].

Adjusting฀White฀Balance฀[WHITE฀BALANCE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance.฀Contrast฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀level฀of฀the฀screen;฀

Brightness฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀is฀used฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level฀of฀the฀screen.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[COLOR CORRECTION]

Corrects฀the฀color฀for฀all฀signals.

Adjusts฀the฀tone฀for฀the฀colors฀red,฀green,฀blue,฀yellow,฀magenta฀and฀cyan.

RED ....................... Adjusts the color in red areas, centered around the red.

This can be used to adjust to a yellow- or magenta-tinged red.

GREEN ................... Adjusts the color in green areas, centered around the green.

This can be used to adjust to a yellow- or cyan-tinged green.

BLUE ...................... Adjusts the color in blue areas, centered around the blue.

This can be used to adjust to a violet- or cyan-tinged blue.

YELLOW ................ Adjusts the color in yellow areas, centered around the yellow.

This can be used to adjust to a red- or green-tinged yellow.

MAGENTA .............. Adjusts the color in magenta areas, centered around the magenta.

This can be used to adjust to a red- or blue-tinged magenta.

CYAN ..................... Adjusts the color in cyan areas, centered around the cyan.

This can be used to adjust to a green- or blue-tinged cyan.

[CONTRAST]

Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.

[COLOR]

Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.

[HUE]

Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.฀The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.

Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI฀

(COMPONENT)

YesYesYesYesYes

VIDEO/S-VIDEO/COMPONENTYesYesYesYesYes

VIEWER/NETWORKYesYesYesNo No

Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable

[RESET]

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀

Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀

will฀not฀be฀reset.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.

CLOCK ................... Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time.

PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.

NOTE:฀The฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE]฀items฀are฀available฀for฀RGB฀signals฀only.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.

-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.

-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀

current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀

its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.

฀To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀→฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀and฀reset฀

the฀adjustments.

[BLANKING]

Adjusts฀the฀display฀range฀(blanking)฀at฀the฀top,฀bottom,฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀of฀the฀input฀signal.

Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]

Select฀overscan฀percentage฀(Auto,฀0%,฀5%฀and฀10%)฀for฀signal.

Projected image

Overscaned by 10%

NOTE:

•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀is฀not฀available:

฀-฀฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

฀-฀฀when฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀the฀Aspect฀Ratio฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]

Use฀this฀function฀to฀select฀the฀screen’s฀vertical:horizontal฀aspect฀ratio.

Select฀the฀screen฀type฀(4:3฀screen,฀16:9฀screen฀or฀16:10฀screen)฀at฀the฀screen฀setting฀before฀setting฀the฀aspect฀ratio.฀

(→฀page฀

104)

The฀projector฀automatically฀identies฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀and฀sets฀the฀optimum฀aspect฀ratio.

For฀Computer฀signal

For฀Component/Video/S-Video฀signals

When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀4:3

When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀16:9฀or฀16:10

ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

VGA฀640฀×฀480฀4:3

SVGA฀800฀×฀600฀4:3

XGA฀1024฀×฀768฀4:3

WXGA฀1280฀×฀768฀15:9

WXGA

฀1280฀×฀800฀16:10

HD(FWXGA)฀1366฀×฀768฀approx.฀16:9

WXGA+฀1440฀×฀900฀16:10

SXGA฀1280฀×฀1024฀5:4

SXGA+฀1400฀×฀1050฀4:3

WXGA+฀1600฀×฀900฀16:9

UXGA฀1600฀×฀1200฀4:3

WSXGA+ 1680฀×฀1050฀16:9

FHD(1080P) 1920฀×฀1080฀16:9

WUXGA1920฀×฀1200฀16:10

OptionsFunction

AUTOThe฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀ratio.฀

The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.฀If฀this฀occurs,฀

select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.

4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.

5:4The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio

16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio

15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio

16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio

NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀signal฀

has฀a฀lower฀or฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.฀(→฀page฀

When฀the฀incoming฀computer฀signal฀has฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector's฀native฀resolution,฀

the฀center฀of฀an฀image฀will฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

LETTER฀BOXThe฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀directions฀

to฀t฀the฀screen.

WIDE฀SCREENThe฀image฀of฀a฀squeeze฀signal(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀16:9.

ZOOMThe฀image฀of฀a฀squeeze฀signal฀(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀4:3.

Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀visible.

4:3฀FILLThe฀image฀of฀a฀signal(4:3)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀16:9.

TIP:

•฀Image฀position฀can฀be฀adjusted฀vertically฀using฀[POSITION]฀when฀the฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀aspect฀ratios฀are฀selected.

•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀

ratio฀for฀a฀vide฀source.

฀The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.

•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.

[RESOLUTION]

This฀function฀sets฀the฀resolution฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀if฀auto-detect฀fails฀to฀work฀well.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEO]

Using฀Noise฀Reduction฀[NOISE฀REDUCTION]

This฀function฀is฀used฀to฀reduce฀video฀noise.

RANDOM NR ......... Reduces ﬂickering random noise in an image.

MOSQUITO NR ...... Reduces mosquito noise that appears around the edges of an image during DVD playback.

BLOCK NR ............. Reduces block noise or mosaic-like patterns by selecting ON.

Selecting฀Interlaced฀Progressive฀Conversion฀Process฀Mode฀[DEINTERLACE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀an฀interlaced-to-progressive฀conversion฀process฀for฀video฀signals.

AUTO ..................... Determines an appropriate interlaced-to-progressive conversion process automatically.

VIDEO .................... Applies a normal interlaced-to-progressive conversion process.

FILM ...................... Applies the automatic detection mode for telecine signals. This option is recommended for a movie pic-

ture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀with฀RGB฀signals.

Turning฀On฀or฀Off฀the฀3D฀Dimensional฀Separation฀[3D฀Y/C฀SEPARATION]

When฀projecting฀an฀image฀from฀a฀VIDEO฀input,฀set฀to฀ON฀to฀project฀the฀highest฀quality฀image.

OFF ........................ Turns off the 3 dimensional separation feature.

ON ......................... Turns on the 3 dimensional separation feature.

NOTE:฀Only฀available฀for฀NTSC฀3.58฀video฀signals.

[DETAIL ENHANCEMENT]

This฀function฀enhances฀the฀contours฀of฀the฀image฀when฀projecting฀component฀signals.

[SIGNAL TYPE]

The฀projector฀automatically฀identies฀whether฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER฀2฀or฀COMPUTER฀3*฀input฀signals฀are฀

RGB฀or฀component฀signals฀to฀project฀the฀image.฀If฀the฀colors฀are฀unnatural,฀however,฀try฀switching฀the฀setting.

*฀For฀COMPUTER฀3,฀the฀computer฀signal฀and฀video฀signal฀can฀be฀selected฀at฀SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3).

RGB ....................... Switches to the RGB input.

COMPONENT ......... Switches to the component signal input.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEO฀LEVEL]

This฀function฀selects฀video฀signal฀level฀when฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input฀connectors฀and฀an฀external฀

device฀are฀connected.

AUTO ..................... The video level is switched automatically based on the information from the device outputting the signal.

Depending on the connected device, this setting may not be made properly. In this case, switch to “NORMAL”

or “ENHANCED” from the menu and view with the optimum setting.

NORMAL ................ This disables the enhanced mode.

ENHANCED ............ This improves the image’s contrast, expressing the dark and light sections more dynamically.

100

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[BASIC]

Correcting฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]

You฀can฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀manually.฀(→฀page฀

22)

TIP:฀When฀this฀option฀is฀highlighted,฀pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀its฀slide฀bar฀for฀adjustment.

Selecting฀Cornerstone฀Mode฀[CORNERSTONE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distortion.

Selecting฀this฀item฀will฀display฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀screen.฀(→฀page฀32)

NOTE:฀The฀[CORNERSTONE]฀item฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[KEYSTONE]฀or฀[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION]฀is฀selected.

Using฀the฀PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀Function฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀different฀signals฀simultaneously.฀(→฀page฀

35)

MODE:฀

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀and฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE.

PIP:฀This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE:฀This฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀pictures฀side฀by฀side.

POSITION:

When฀[PIP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[MODE],฀this฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀position฀of฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀pic-

ture.

The฀options฀are:฀TOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM฀LEFT,฀and฀BOTTOM฀RIGHT.

NOTE:฀The฀[POSITION]฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀[PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀is฀selected.

101

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SOURCE:

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀a฀sub฀picture฀signal.

The฀options฀are:฀OFF,฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO.

Selecting฀[OFF]฀will฀cancel฀the฀PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀mode฀and฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

Using฀the฀Wall฀Color฀Correction฀[WALL฀COLOR]

This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.

NOTE:฀Selecting฀[WHITEBOARD]฀reduces฀lamp฀brightness.

Setting฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

฀emissions.฀

Two฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF]฀and฀[ON]฀modes.

(→฀page฀

28)

Setting฀Closed฀Caption฀[CLOSED฀CAPTION]

This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀

or฀S-Video.

OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.

CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.

TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.

Using฀Off฀Timer฀[OFF฀TIMER]

1.฀Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

3.฀The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.

4.฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.

NOTE:

•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.

•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀

MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

Selecting฀Menu฀Language฀[LANGUAGE]฀

You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀27฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

102

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[MENU]

Selecting฀Menu฀Color฀[COLOR฀SELECT]

You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Source฀Display฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀HDMI,฀Display-

Port,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

Turning฀messages฀on฀and฀off฀[MESSAGE฀DISPLAY]

This฀option฀selects฀whether฀or฀not฀to฀display฀projector฀messages฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

Even฀when฀“OFF”฀is฀selected,฀the฀security฀lock฀warning฀is฀displayed.฀The฀security฀lock฀warning฀turns฀off฀when฀the฀

security฀lock฀is฀canceled.

Turning฀ON/OFF฀Control฀ID฀[ID฀DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed. (→ page

106)

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Eco฀Message฀[ECO฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀

The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀

to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[ON]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].

When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀

30฀seconds.

103

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(→฀page฀28)

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Selecting฀Menu฀Display฀Time฀[DISPLAY฀TIME]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.฀The฀

preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].฀The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-

tory฀preset.

Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]

Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.฀The฀default฀background฀is฀

[BLUE].

NOTE:

•฀

Even฀when฀the฀background฀logo฀is฀selected,฀if฀two฀pictures฀are฀displayed฀in฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀mode,฀the฀blue฀background฀

is฀displayed฀without฀the฀logo฀when฀there฀is฀no฀signal.

Selecting฀Interval฀Time฀for฀Filter฀Message฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀between฀displaying฀the฀message฀for฀cleaning฀the฀lters.฀Clean฀

the฀lter฀when฀you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀FILTER.”฀(→฀page฀

155)

Five฀options฀are฀available:฀OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

The฀default฀setting฀is฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[INSTALLATION(1)]

Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]

This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.฀The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀

desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.

This฀projector฀is฀a฀free-tilt฀projector฀with฀which฀it฀is฀possible฀to฀project฀images฀on฀the฀ceiling฀(upward)฀or฀oor฀(downward).฀

When฀installed฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction,฀set฀the฀[FAN฀MODE]฀installation฀orientation.฀(→฀page฀

108)

104

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DESKTOP฀FRONT

CEILING฀REAR

DESKTOP฀REAR

CEILING฀FRONT

Selecting฀Aspect฀Ratio฀and฀Position฀for฀Screen฀[SCREEN]

Screen฀typeSets฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀the฀projection฀screen.

4:3฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio

16:9฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio

16:10฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀16:10฀aspect฀

ratio

Display฀position

(for฀the฀PA600X/

PA500X)

When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀16:9฀or฀16:10,฀adjusts฀the฀

vertical฀position฀of฀the฀display฀range.

Downward

Upward

NOTE:

•฀

After฀changing฀the฀screen฀type,฀check฀the฀setting฀of฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀menu.฀

(→฀page฀96)

•฀

When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀“4:3฀screen”,฀this฀is฀displayed฀in฀light฀characters฀and฀cannot฀be฀selected.

Using฀Geometric฀Correction฀[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION]

This฀feature฀retrieves฀geometric฀data฀registered฀in฀the฀projector฀memory.

Three฀presets฀of฀geometric฀data฀have฀been฀registered.฀To฀turn฀off฀this฀feature,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:

•฀The฀[KEYSTONE]฀and฀[CORNERSTONE]฀adjustments฀are฀not฀available฀when฀geometric฀data฀is฀applied.

•฀To฀clear฀your฀geometric฀data,฀press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

•฀The฀[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION]฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electroni-

cally.

Using฀Multi-Screen฀Compensation฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀match฀hue฀of฀images฀projected฀from฀multiple฀projectors฀that฀are฀placed฀in฀parallel.

MODE .................... OFF: Turns off this function to return to the normal brightness.

105

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ON: Turns on this function to make the screen darker. The [BRIGHTNESS] and the [CONTRAST] can be

adjusted.

CONTRAST ............ Adjusts the bright part of the picture.

BRIGHTNESS ......... Adjusts the dark part of the picture.

Adjusting

1. Prepare black and white images so that the images can be displayed on the computer screen.

2. Display the black image on the computer screen, and project the image from the projector.

3. Select [MULTI-SCREEN COMP.]

→ [MODE] → [ON].

4. Adjust the dark part of the images.

Press the

 button to select [BRIGHTNESS] and use the  or  to match the black part of another projector.

5. Display the white screen on the computer screen.

Project the image from two or more projectors.

6. Adjust the bright part of the images.

Press the

 button to select [CONTRAST] and use the  or  to match the white part of another projector.

Moving the slide bar toward [+] (plus) can change the white part of the image. Should this happen, move the

slide bar toward [−] (minus) to adjust the brightness.

TIP:

•฀When฀you฀use฀multiple฀projectors,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀function฀to฀operate฀a฀single฀projector฀or฀all฀the฀projectors฀from฀

the฀remote฀control.฀(→฀page฀

106)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[REF. WHITE BALANCE]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance฀for฀all฀signals.

The฀white฀and฀black฀levels฀of฀the฀signal฀are฀adjusted฀for฀optimum฀color฀reproduction.

Uniformity฀is฀also฀adjusted฀when฀the฀redness฀(R)฀and฀blueness฀(B)฀of฀the฀white฀color฀in฀the฀screen’s฀horizontal฀(left/

right)฀direction฀are฀uneven.

BRIGHTNESS R/BRIGHTNESS G/BRIGHTNESS B

.............................. These adjust the picture’s black color.

CONTRAST R/CONTRAST G/CONTRAST B

.............................. These adjust the picture’s white color.

UNIFORMITY R ...... The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the redness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the redness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge).

This is reversed when set to the – side.

UNIFORMITY B ...... The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the blueness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the blueness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge).

This is reversed when set to the – side.

[STATIC฀CONVERGENCE]฀(PA500U฀only)

This฀features฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀for฀color฀deviation฀in฀the฀picture.

This฀can฀be฀adjusted฀in฀units฀of฀±฀1฀pixel฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction฀for฀HORIZONTAL฀R,฀G฀and฀B,฀in฀the฀vertical฀direc-

tion฀for฀VERTICAL฀R,฀G฀and฀B.

NOTE:฀This฀feature฀can฀only฀be฀set฀for฀the฀PA500U.

106

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION(2)]

Disabling฀the฀Cabinet฀Buttons฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.

NOTE:

•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.

•฀When฀the฀control฀panel฀is฀locked,฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀will฀change฀

the฀setting฀to฀[OFF].

TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Security฀[SECURITY]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.

Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(→฀page฀

37)

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting฀Communication฀Speed฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀115200฀bps.฀

The฀default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀

equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).

NOTE:

•฀Select฀[38400bps]฀or฀less฀when฀using฀the฀supplied฀software฀programs.

•฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Turning฀On฀or฀Off฀Remote฀Sensor฀[REMOTE฀SENSOR]

This฀option฀determines฀which฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀is฀enabled฀in฀wireless฀mode.

The฀options฀are:฀FRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀and฀BACK.฀

If฀the฀remote฀control฀system฀does฀not฀function฀when฀direct฀sunlight฀or

strong฀illumination฀strikes฀the฀remote฀control฀sensor฀of฀the฀projector,฀change฀another฀option.

Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]

You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀

ID฀function.฀If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀

using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.฀To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.

CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-

ting.

107

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀

the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀

ID.

Assigning฀or฀Changing฀the฀Control฀ID

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.

2.฀Press฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

If the projector can be operated with the current remote control ID, the [ACTIVE]

will be displayed. If the projector cannot be operated with the current remote control

ID, the [INACTIVE] will be displayed. To operate the inactive projector, assign the

control ID used for the projector by using the following procedure (Step 3).

3.฀Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀

button on the remote control.

Example:

To assign “3”, press the “3” button on the remote control.

No ID means that all the projectors can be operated together with a single remote

control. To set “No ID”, enter “000” or press the CLEAR button.

TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.

4.฀Release฀the฀ID฀SET฀button.

The updated CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.

•฀฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀

ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.

108

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(1)]

Setting฀Auto฀Adjust฀[AUTO฀ADJUST]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀mode฀so฀that฀the฀computer฀signal฀can฀be฀automatically฀or฀manually฀adjusted฀for฀

noise฀and฀stability.฀You฀can฀automatically฀make฀adjustment฀in฀two฀ways:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[FINE].

OFF ........................ The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted. You can manually optimize the computer signal.

NORMAL ................ Default setting. The computer signal will be automatically adjusted. Normally select this option.

FINE ....................... Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed. It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected.

Selecting฀Fan฀Mode฀[FAN฀MODE]

Fan฀Mode฀is฀used฀to฀set฀the฀speed฀of฀the฀internal฀cooling฀fan.

MODE .................... Select three modes for fan speed: AUTO, HIGH, and HIGH ALTITUDE.

AUTO: The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.

HIGH: The built-in fans run at high speed

HIGH ALTITUDE: The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes

approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher. To use the projector with ECO MODE ON in other installed

conditions than desktop/ceiling with +/-20°, heed the following:

(1) Select [HIGH ALTITUDE] for [MODE] at altitude 3200 feet/1000 meters.

(2) Select [OFF] for [ECO MODE] at altitude 6800 feet/2100 meters or higher.

SETTING ................ Select either [NORMAL] or [VERTICAL TILT UP] according to the installa-

tion angle of the projector. Select [VERTICAL TILT UP] for angles of range

from 60° to 120° indicated in gray. Select [NORMAL] for the other angle

ranges.

Restrictions฀for฀using฀the฀projector฀in฀ECO฀MODE฀at฀high฀altitudes:

The฀projector฀should฀not฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀than฀the฀setting฀described฀in฀the฀

table,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.

ECO MODE OFF ON

SETTING NORMAL/VERTICAL TILT UP NORMAL VERTICAL TILT UP

Orientation All orientations

DESKTOP/CEILING

+/− 20°

DESKTOP/CEILING other

than +/− 20°

Upward 90°(+/− 30°)

1000 m or lower 3200 ft or lower

AUTO

1000 to 1600 m 3200 to 5200 ft

HIGH ALTITUDE

1600 to 2100 m 5200 to 6800 ft

HIGH ALTITUDE

2100 to 2600 m 6800 to 8500 ft Not available

When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].

90°

120°

180°

270°

60°

0°

109

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

•฀When฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[FAN฀MODE],฀a฀symbol฀icon฀฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu.

•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.

•฀฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀

the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀the฀

lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀components฀such฀

as the lamp.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting฀the฀Signal฀Format฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)]

When฀an฀output฀device฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀3฀video฀input฀connectors,฀this฀sets฀the฀input฀signal.

RGB/COMPONENT . RGB and component signals are identiﬁed automatically.

VIDEO .................... This switches to the video signal.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀video฀cable฀(commercially฀available)฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀3฀video฀input฀connectors’฀G/Y฀connector,฀video฀

signals฀can฀be฀projected.฀In฀this฀case,฀set฀to฀“VIDEO”.

[SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING]฀(PA500U฀only)

When฀the฀input฀connector฀is฀switched,฀the฀image฀displayed฀before฀switching฀is฀held฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀new฀image฀without฀

a฀break฀due฀to฀absence฀of฀a฀signal.

NOTE:฀This฀feature฀can฀only฀be฀set฀for฀the฀PA500U.

[COLOR SYSTEM]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀TV฀video฀signal,฀which฀differs฀from฀country฀to฀country฀(NTSC,฀PAL,฀etc.).

This฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO]฀by฀factory฀default.฀Set฀this฀if฀the฀projector฀cannot฀identify฀the฀signal฀automatically.

[DIGITAL AUDIO SELECT]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀audio฀inputs฀for฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input฀connectors.

HDMI ..................... HDMI: Selects the HDMI input connector’s digital audio.

COMPUTER2: Selects the COMPUTER2 audio input connector.

DisplayPort ............ DisplayPort: Selects the DisplayPort input connector’s digital audio.

COMPUTER2: Selects the COMPUTER2 audio input connector.

Enabling฀Key฀Sound฀and฀Error฀Sound฀[BEEP]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀per-

formed.

-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀

-฀Switching฀sources

-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]

-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀POWER฀OFF฀button

110

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

Selecting฀Power-saving฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]

The฀projector฀has฀three฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL],฀[POWER-SAVING]฀and฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY].

The฀POWER-SAVING฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀

consumes฀less฀power฀than฀the฀NORMAL฀mode.฀The฀projector฀is฀preset฀for฀NORMAL฀mode฀at฀the฀factory.

NORMAL .............................Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

POWER-SAVING .................Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode.

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector, and AUDIO OUT connector

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool fucntion

NETWORK STANDBY

.......... When in the standby mode, the POWER indicator will light orange and the STATUS indicator will

not light. This shows that the projector’s power can be turned on by wired LAN.

When in the standby mode, the following connectors, buttons or functions will not work:

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector, and AUDIO OUT mini jack

- Wireless LAN Unit

- [AUTO POWER ON (COMP1/3)]

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- PC control commands for other than power-on

Important:

•฀When฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀or฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀turned฀on,฀or฀when฀[COMPUTER฀1]฀or฀[COMPUTER฀3]฀is฀selected฀for฀[AUTO฀

POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)],฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.

฀This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

NOTE:

•฀Even฀when฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.

•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Direct฀Power฀On฀[DIRECT฀POWER฀ON]

Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀

need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

111

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀

IN฀or฀COMPUTER3฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.

To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.

NOTE:

•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-

bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.

•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀IN฀or฀COMPUTER3฀IN฀connector

-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied

•฀When฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3]฀is฀set,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.　This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀

the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1/3)฀after฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀3฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀signal.

฀If฀a฀computer฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1/3)฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀

projector฀remains฀in฀standby฀mode.

Enabling฀Power฀Management฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]

When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀

20min.,฀30min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀function฀will฀not฀work฀when฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]

You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.

AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER1 → COMPUTER2 → COMPUTER3 → HDMI →

DisplayPort → VIDEO → S-VIDEO → VIEWER → COMPUTER1 and displays the ﬁrst found source.

COMPUTER1 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER2 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER3 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 3 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI ..................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

DisplayPort ............ Displays the digital source from the DisplayPort every time the projector is turned on.

VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

S-VIDEO ................ Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIEWER ................. Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on.

NETWORK ............. Displays the data sent from the computer via the LAN port (RJ-45) or the wireless LAN unit (sold separately)

mounted on the projector is projected.

112

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.฀This฀item฀has฀nine฀pages.฀The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀

follows:

TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)

*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.

฀The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.

฀If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀or฀the฀lters฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.

฀To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Lamp฀life(H)

Replacement lamp

ECO MODE

NORMAL

(OFF)

ECO

(ON)

30004000NP21LP

•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]

฀This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.฀The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-

culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(→฀page฀

29)

113

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE(1)]

INPUT฀TERMINAL฀RESOLUTION฀

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY฀VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY฀

SYNC฀TYPE฀SYNC฀POLARITY฀

SCAN฀TYPE฀SOURCE฀NAME฀

ENTRY฀NO.

[SOURCE(2)]

SIGNAL฀TYPE฀VIDEO฀TYPE฀

BIT฀DEPTH฀VIDEO฀LEVEL฀

LINK฀RATE฀LINK฀LANE

[WIRED LAN]

IP฀ADDRESS฀SUBNET฀MASK฀

GATEWAY฀MAC฀ADDRESS

114

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[WIRELESS LAN(1)]

IP฀ADDRESS฀SUBNET฀MASK฀

GATEWAY฀MAC฀ADDRESS

[WIRELESS LAN(2)]

SSID฀NETWORK฀TYPE฀

WEP/WPA฀CHANNEL฀

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

[VERSION(1)]

FIRMWARE฀DATA฀

FIRMWARE2฀SUB-CPU

115

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VERSION(2)]

FIRMWARE3

[OTHERS]

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀MODEL฀NO.฀

SERIAL฀NUMBER฀LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE฀

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)

116

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀

the฀following:

[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]

Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.฀

The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].

[ALL฀DATA]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

All฀items฀can฀be฀reset฀EXCEPT฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SCREEN],฀[GEOMETRIC฀

CORRECTION],฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.],฀[REF.WHITE฀BALANCE],฀[STATIC฀CONVERGENCE],฀[CONTROL฀

PANEL฀LOCK],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING],฀[STANDBY฀

MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀

CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.

[ALL฀DATA฀(INCLUDING฀ENTRY฀LIST)]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀except฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀

[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SCREEN],฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.],฀[REF.฀WHITE฀BALANCE],฀[STATIC฀CONVERGENCE],฀

[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀[SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING],฀[SECURITY฀SETTINGS],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀

[CONTROL฀ID],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀

CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

Also฀deletes฀all฀the฀signals฀in฀the฀[ENTRY฀LIST]฀and฀returns฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

NOTE:฀Locked฀signals฀in฀Entry฀List฀cannot฀be฀reset.

Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀

lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀In฀this฀condition฀you฀cannot฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter฀on฀the฀menu.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀

HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

117

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Clearing฀the฀Filter฀Usage฀Hours฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀[OFF]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected,฀you฀do฀not฀need฀

to฀clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hour.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

118

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❾ Application Menu

When฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀from฀the฀[SOURCE]฀menu,฀the฀application฀menu฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀will฀be฀dis-

played.

The฀application฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀the฀User฀Supportware,฀Network฀Settings฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)฀and฀

Tools฀(TOOLS).

The฀User฀Supportware฀is฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

In฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE],฀either฀[ADVANCED]฀menu฀or฀[BASIC]฀menu฀can฀be฀selected.฀(→฀page฀

136)

The฀[BASIC]฀menu฀contains฀minimum฀essentials฀of฀menus฀and฀commands.฀

IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Image฀

Express฀Utility.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀password฀entry/deletion,฀computer฀searching฀and฀IP฀address฀on฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀

which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility.

119

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK PROJECTOR

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Network฀

Projector.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀computer฀name฀entry฀and฀effects฀for฀Remote฀Desktop.

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀set฀up฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀Connection.

120

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK SETTINGS

Important:

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

150)

TIP:฀The฀network฀settings฀you฀make฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Hints฀on฀How฀to฀Set฀Up฀LAN฀Connection฀

To฀set฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀a฀LAN฀connection:

Select฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀or฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀→฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

Next฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY]฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.฀(→฀page฀121)

To฀recall฀LAN฀settings฀stored฀in฀the฀prole฀number:

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

(→฀page฀121)

To connect a DHCP server:

Turn฀on฀[DHCP]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.฀Select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀

using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀turn฀off฀[DHCP].฀(→฀page฀122)

To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.฀The฀Advanced฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀(→฀page฀123)

To select an SSID:

Select฀[ADVANCED]฀→฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select฀an฀SSID฀and฀press฀the฀>฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].฀(→฀page฀123)

To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:

Select฀[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS].฀

Last,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀(→฀page฀134)

To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac:

The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

The฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀are฀contained฀on฀the฀

supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.฀

To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀→฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

NOTE:฀The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀function฀is฀available฀on฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀SP3.฀

121

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WIRED฀LAN฀or฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

*฀To฀use฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀functions,฀connect฀a฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀151)

PROFILES•฀Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀LAN฀port฀or฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

can฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀Total฀of฀four฀settings฀

can฀be฀stored.

฀Five฀settings฀can฀be฀stored:฀two฀for฀the฀built-in฀LAN฀port,฀two฀

for฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀one฀for฀WPS.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀and฀then฀do฀settings฀for฀

[DHCP]฀and฀the฀other฀options.฀

฀After฀doing฀this,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀This฀

will฀store฀your฀settings฀in฀memory.

•฀To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory:

฀After฀selecting฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀the฀[PRO-

FILES]฀list.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

•฀To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

2.0฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac,฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀

→฀[PROFILES]฀→฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

•฀To฀stop฀emitting฀radio฀waves฀from฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀

select฀[DISABLE]฀from฀the฀[PROFILES]฀list.

•฀Selecting฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀

create฀an฀infrastructure฀network.

฀An฀SSID฀will฀be฀automatically฀created.

฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀changed,฀it฀will฀auto-

matically฀take฀effect฀in฀one฀or฀two฀minutes.

฀Select฀“Obtain฀an฀IP฀Address฀Automatically”฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀ad-

dress฀of฀a฀connected฀computer.

฀It฀takes฀a฀few฀seconds฀for฀a฀change฀of฀your฀computer’s฀IP฀ad-

dress฀to฀come฀into฀effect฀in฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀while฀it฀

takes฀one฀or฀two฀minutes฀in฀Window฀XP.

฀When฀you฀connect฀with฀your฀computer฀to฀save฀your฀prole฀

and฀select฀“Automatically฀connect฀when฀within฀range”฀from฀the฀

Properties฀tab฀of฀Wireless฀Network฀in฀Windows฀for฀your฀selected฀

prole,฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀will฀be฀accessed฀under฀the฀following฀

conditions:

•฀at฀the฀time฀of฀turning฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀the฀projector

•฀when฀the฀notebook฀type฀is฀within฀the฀range฀of฀the฀projector’s฀

wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀achieved.

฀Data฀transmission฀between฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀wired฀LAN฀is฀not฀

possible.

฀When฀the฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀mode฀is฀used฀to฀send฀

images,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀connect฀to฀only฀one฀computer.

—

122

5. Using On-Screen Menu

•฀When฀selecting฀[WPS],฀the฀network฀will฀be฀connected฀by฀using฀

settings฀stored฀automatically฀with฀the฀WPS฀function.

฀Selecting฀[WPS]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀access฀the฀network฀

by฀using฀the฀settings฀the฀WPS฀function฀automatically฀stored.

DHCPPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀

projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀register฀the฀IP฀address฀or฀subnet฀mask฀

number฀obtained฀from฀your฀network฀administrator.

—

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

GATEWAY

Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

WNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

AUTO฀DNSPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀

DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀

connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

DNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀on฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[AUTO฀DNS]฀is฀cleared.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

ADVANCED*

This฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀various฀items฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀

connection฀(network฀type,฀security).

—

RECONNECT

Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.฀Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀

changed฀[PROFILES].฀

—

*฀The฀[ADVANCED]฀setting฀screen฀is฀available฀for฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀only.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀from฀[PROFILES],฀you฀cannot฀make฀settings฀to฀DHCP฀and฀its฀following฀items฀except฀[CHAN-

NEL]฀in฀[ADVANCED].

Advanced฀Settings฀(settings฀only฀required฀when฀using฀a฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit)฀(AD-฀(AD-

VANCED฀menu฀only)

123

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀

an฀SSID฀which฀you฀can฀access.

To฀select฀an฀SSID,฀highlight฀[SSID]฀and฀use฀the฀฀to฀select฀[OK]฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

....................... Wireless access point

....................... Ad Hoc PC

....................... WEP or WPA enabled

—

SECURITY

This฀will฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmis-

sion.

To฀use฀encryption,฀specify฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀encryption฀key.฀Select฀

your฀security฀type฀appropriate฀for฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀wire-

less฀LAN฀unit.

DISABLE ................ Will not turn on the encryption feature. Your com-

munications may be monitored by someone.

WEP(64bit) ............ Uses 64-bit datalength for secure transmis-

sion.

WEP(128bit) .......... Uses 128-bit datalength for secure transmission.

This option will increase privacy and security

when compared to use of 64-bit datalength en-

cryption.

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP

.............................. These options provide stronger security than

WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀security฀type,฀WEP฀key,฀and฀encryption฀key฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀

same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀your฀

wireless network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀[SECURITY],฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀

down.

•฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK]฀and฀[WPA2-EAP]฀are฀not฀avail-

able฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

—

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀

be฀done฀only฀with฀equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀

wireless฀LAN.฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters฀(case฀

sensitive).

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE ...Select this option when communicating with

one or more equipment connected to the wire-

less or wired LAN network via a wireless access

point.

AD HOC ....................Select this option when using the wireless LAN

to directly communicate with a computer in

peer-to-peer mode.

—

CHANNEL

Select฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀

country฀and฀region.฀When฀you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀

sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀are฀on฀the฀same฀

channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀

and฀your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

—

124

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[WEP(64bit)]฀or฀[WEP(128bit)]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

KEY฀SELECTSelects฀one฀WEP฀key฀from฀the฀four฀keys฀below.

KEY1,฀KEY2,฀KEY3,฀

KEY4

Enter฀a฀WEP฀key.

•฀Maximum฀number฀of฀characters

OptionAlphanumeric฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀(HEX)

WEP฀64bit5 10

WEP฀128bit1326

When฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK],฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

ENCRYPTION฀TYPESelect฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES].

KEYEnter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

125

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUTHENTICATION]฀(required฀for฀wireless฀only)

Setting฀is฀required฀for฀using฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.฀

Preparation฀before฀setting

Select฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀compliant฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀authentication฀and฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

1.฀Set฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀on฀the฀projector.฀(→

page 140)

2.฀Use฀a฀computer฀to฀save฀digital฀certicates฀(les)฀for฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀setting฀to฀your฀USB฀memory฀

device.

After completing saving the ﬁle, remove the USB memory device from the computer.

Important:

•฀The฀le฀formats฀of฀digital฀certicate฀that฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀projector฀are฀DER฀and฀PKCS#12฀only.

•฀The฀projector฀cannot฀handle฀any฀digital฀certicate฀whose฀le฀size฀exceeds฀8฀KB.

•฀CRL฀(Certicate฀Relocation฀List)฀is฀not฀supported.

•฀Client฀certicate฀chain฀is฀not฀supported.

3.฀Plug฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector.

Setting฀Procedures

1.฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESSS฀LAN].

2.฀Set฀items฀such฀as฀PROFILES,฀DHCP,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK฀and฀others฀as฀required.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀[PROFILES].฀If฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀selected,฀WPA-PSK,฀WPA2-

PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is not available.

3.฀Select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ADVANCED] setting screen will be displayed.

126

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4.฀Select฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The “SSID” list will be displayed.

5.฀Select฀a฀connecting฀SSID,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK].

Finally press the ENTER button.

•฀Select฀the฀SSID฀for฀which฀WPA-PSK฀or฀WPA2-PSK฀is฀set.

•฀Select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE฀(

)] for [NETWORK TYPE]. WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is

not available when [AD HOC ( )] is selected.

6.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY]฀tab.

The [SECURITY] page will be displayed.

7.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

9.฀Select฀the฀[TKIP/AES]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

.฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select [TKIP] or [AES] according to the setting for your access point.

127

5. Using On-Screen Menu

.฀Select฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀tab.

The [AUTHENTICATION] page will be displayed.

Select either [EAP-TLS] or [PEAP-MSCHAPv2] for [EAP TYPE]. The setting items vary depending on the EAP

type.

See the table below.

EAP฀TypeSetting฀ItemNote

EAP-TLS

User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Client฀CerticatePKCS#12฀format฀le

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

PEAP-MSCHAPv2User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Password

1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

①฀Selecting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

The following section explains the operation for selecting [EAP-TLS].

For selecting [PEAP-MSCHAPv2], go on to Step 12 on page

129.

12.

฀Select฀the฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a user name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

(→ page 131)

128

5. Using On-Screen Menu

13.

฀Select฀[CLIENT฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A list of ﬁles (thumbnail screen) will be displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing฀a฀digital฀certicate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

14.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(PKCS#12฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The password screen will be displayed.

15.

฀Select฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set the password of the private key. A password

must be 1 character or more and 32 characters or less.

The selected digital certiﬁcate ﬁle will be installed on the projector.

•฀When฀the฀root฀CA฀certicate฀is฀not฀included฀in฀the฀le฀that฀was฀selected฀in฀Step฀14,฀proceed฀to฀Step฀16.฀When฀

the root certiﬁcation authority certiﬁcate is included, proceed to Step 18.

16.฀Select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

129

5. Using On-Screen Menu

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [WIRELESS] page will be returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

•฀The฀PKCS#12฀format฀digital฀certicate฀including฀a฀CA฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀as฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate.

②฀Selecting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

12.

฀From฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀select฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

13.

฀Select฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

14.

฀Select฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a user name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

(→ page 131)

130

5. Using On-Screen Menu

15.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀a฀user฀name,฀select฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a password.

•฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

16.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀the฀password,฀select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing฀a฀digital฀certicate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀

basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

131

5. Using On-Screen Menu

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [WIRELESS] page will be returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

Entering฀WEP฀keys฀(Switching฀between฀Alphanumeric฀characters฀and฀hexadecimal)

To฀enter฀from฀[KEY1]฀to฀[KEY4],฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Select฀one฀of฀[KEY฀1],฀[KEY฀2],฀[KEY฀3]฀and฀[KEY฀4]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed.

2. Use the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀character฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀To฀enter฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII)฀or฀hexadecimal฀(HEX).฀To฀enter฀a฀PSK฀

key, use alphanumeric characters (ASCII).

•฀Press฀the฀[HEX]฀button฀to฀change฀to฀[ASCII]฀to฀set฀the฀key฀in฀ASCII฀digit.฀You฀can฀toggle฀this฀button฀between฀

[ASCII] and [HEX].

•฀Enter฀0x(numeral฀and฀alphabet฀respectively)฀right฀in฀front฀of฀your฀key฀code.

•฀Hexadecimal฀uses฀0฀to฀9฀and฀A฀to฀F.

3.฀After฀entering฀your฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be closed.

132

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WPS

When฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀access฀point฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀supports฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup฀TM),฀you฀can฀

use฀PIN฀method฀or฀push฀button฀method฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

PIN฀TYPESet฀a฀4-digit฀or฀8฀digit-PIN฀code฀of฀WPS฀for฀your฀access฀point฀to฀complete฀setting฀for฀the฀

SSID฀security.

PUSH฀BUTTON฀TYPEPress฀the฀dedicated฀button฀of฀the฀access฀point฀and฀the฀projector’s฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀

complete฀setting฀for฀the฀SSID฀security.

NETWORK฀INFORMATION

The฀following฀information฀will฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀

LAN).

PROJECTOR฀NAME

HOST฀NAME

DOMAIN

NETWORK฀INFOR-

MATION฀(WIRED฀

LAN/WIRELESS฀LAN)

CONNECTION฀STATUS,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀WINS,฀DNS,฀MAC฀

ADDRESS,฀SSID,฀NETWORK฀TYPE,฀WEP/WPA,฀CHANNEL,฀SIGNAL฀LEVEL,฀AU-

THENTICATION,฀AUTHENTICATION฀PERIOD

DISPLAY฀THE฀INFOR-

MATION฀IN฀APPLICA-

TION฀MENU

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀display฀of฀the฀network฀information.

฀The฀meanings฀of฀these฀status฀statements฀are฀described฀below.

StatementAuthentication฀status

AuthenticatedAuthentication฀is฀done฀correctly.

Failure Authentication฀failed.

Authenticating…Authentication฀is฀in฀process.

ExpiredThe฀digital฀certicate฀is฀expired.฀Or฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀is฀not฀set฀correctly.

Time฀ErrorThe฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀has฀been฀cleared.฀Set฀the฀correct฀date฀and฀time.

133

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROJECTOR฀NAMESet฀a฀unique฀projector฀name.฀Up฀to฀16฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

DOMAIN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

Set฀a฀host฀name฀and฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.

HOST฀NAMESet฀a฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMESet฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

134

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ALERT฀MAIL฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀

messages฀via฀e-mail฀when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing a checkmark will turn on the Alert Mail feature.

Clearing a checkmark will turn off the Alert Mail feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀

replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]฀

—

HOST฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀host฀name.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

SENDER'S฀AD-

DRESS

Specify฀the฀sender’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

SMTP฀SERVER฀

NAME

Type฀in฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

RECIPIENT'S฀AD-

DRESS฀1,฀2,฀3

Type฀in฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀if฀your฀settings฀are฀correct.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀

Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀

correctly set.

•฀Unless฀any฀one฀of฀the฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER'S฀

NAME]฀or฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS฀1-3]฀is฀selected,฀[TEST฀MAIL]฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀highlight฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀before฀executing฀

[TEST฀MAIL].

—

135

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK฀SERVICE฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

HTTP฀SERVERSet฀a฀password฀for฀your฀HTTP฀server.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

PJLink

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀a฀password฀when฀you฀use฀the฀

PJLink฀feature.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀forget฀your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀

consult฀with฀your฀dealer.฀

•฀What฀is฀PJLink?

฀PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀

of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀protocol฀is฀established฀by฀

Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Associa-

tion฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

฀The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

•฀Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀

the฀menu.

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters

AMX

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀

connecting฀to฀the฀network฀supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀

system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀

control฀system฀will฀recognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀

Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing a checkmark will enable detecting the projector from AMX Device

Discovery.

Clearing a checkmark will disable detecting the projector from AMX

Device Discovery.

—

136

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR MODE

This฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀MENU฀MODE,฀save฀settings,฀and฀set฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.

MENU฀MODESelect฀either฀[BASIC]฀or฀[ADVANCED]฀menu.

(→฀page฀84)

—

NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀

VALUES

Placing a check mark will not save your projector settings.

Clear this check box to save your projector settings.

—

NEW฀PASSWORD/

CONFIRM฀PASS-

WORD

Assign฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

NOTE:

When฀[LAST]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT],฀placing฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀[NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀VALUES]฀will฀forcibly฀

select฀NETWORK฀for฀source฀at฀every฀power-on฀time.

To฀avoid฀this,฀select฀[AUTO]฀for฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT].

TIP:

To฀return฀to฀the฀ADVANCED฀menu฀from฀the฀BASIC฀menu,฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Use฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀cabinet฀or฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀

[NETWORK]฀to฀display฀the฀APPLICATION฀MENU.

2.฀Select฀[TOOLS]฀→฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE]฀→฀[MENU฀MODE]฀→฀[ADVANCED฀MODE].

137

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROGRAM TIMER

This฀option฀turns฀on/off฀the฀projector฀and฀changes฀video฀signals,฀and฀selects฀ECO฀mode฀automatically฀at฀a฀specied฀

time.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀using฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀feature฀is฀set.฀(→฀page฀140)

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀stand฀by฀condition฀with฀the฀POWER฀cord฀connected.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀two฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀main฀

power฀is฀not฀supplied฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀two฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀stops฀working.

•฀When฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀enabled,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.

฀This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

Setting฀a฀new฀program฀timer

1.฀On฀the฀PROGRAM฀TIMER฀screen,฀use฀the฀▲ or ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

The [PROGRAM LIST] screen will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀a฀blank฀program฀number฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [EDIT] screen will be displayed.

3. Make settings for each item as required.

ACTIVE .................. Place a check mark to enable the program.

138

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DAY ........................ Select days of the week for the program timer. To execute the program from Monday to Friday, select [MON-

FRI].To execute the program in everyday basis, select [EVERYDAY].

TIME ...................... Set the time to execute the program. Enter time in 24-hour format.

FUNCTION ............. Select a function to be executed. Selecting [POWER] will allow you to turn on or off the projector by setting

[ADVANCED SETTINGS]. Selecting [SOURCE] will allow you to select a video source by setting [ADVANCED

SETTINGS]. Selecting [ECO MODE] will allow you to select [ECO MODE] by setting [ADVANCED SET-

TINGS].

ADVANCED SETTINGS

.............................. Select power on/off, a type of video source, or ECO MODE for the selected item in [FUNCTION].

REPEAT .................. Place a check mark to repeat the program continuing basis. To use the program this week only, clear the

check mark.

4.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This will complete the settings.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM LIST] screen.

5.฀Select฀[BACK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM TIMER] screen.

6.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

You will be returned to the [TOOLS] screen.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀30฀different฀timer฀settings฀can฀be฀programmed.

•฀When฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀ignored.

•฀The฀Program฀Timer฀is฀executed฀on฀a฀set฀time฀basis,฀not฀in฀a฀program฀basis.

•฀Once฀the฀program฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀in฀[REPEAT]฀has฀been฀executed,฀the฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀check฀box฀will฀be฀

cleared฀automatically฀and฀the฀program฀will฀be฀disabled.

•฀When฀the฀on-time฀and฀the฀off-time฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀off-time฀setting฀will฀take฀preference.

•฀Two฀different฀sources฀are฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀larger฀program฀number฀will฀take฀preference.฀

•฀The฀on-time฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀while฀the฀cooling฀fans฀are฀running฀or฀an฀error฀is฀occurring.

•฀If฀the฀off-time฀setting฀is฀expired฀under฀the฀condition฀in฀which฀the฀power฀off฀is฀not฀possible,฀the฀off-timer฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀

until฀the฀power฀off฀becomes฀possible.

•฀Programs฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀[ACTIVE]฀of฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀even฀if฀the฀Program฀Timer฀is฀

enabled.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀by฀using฀the฀program฀timer฀and฀if฀you฀want฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀off-time฀or฀do฀it฀

manually฀so฀as฀not฀to฀leave฀the฀projector฀on฀for฀a฀long฀period฀of฀time.

139

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Activating฀the฀program฀timer

1.฀Select฀[ENABLE]฀on฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ENABLE] will be activated.

2.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [PROGRAM TIMER] screen will be changed to the [TOOL] screen.

NOTE:

•฀Clearing฀[ENABLE]฀will฀disable฀the฀Program฀Timer฀even฀when฀a฀program฀is฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀on฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀

screen.

•฀When฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected,฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀cannot฀be฀edited.฀To฀edit฀the฀programs,฀select฀[ENABLE]฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀Program฀

Timer.

Changing฀the฀programmed฀settings

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀you฀want฀to฀edit฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Change฀the฀settings฀on฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen.

3.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The programmed settings will be changed.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM LIST] screen.

Changing฀the฀order฀of฀programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀whose฀order฀you฀want฀to฀change฀and฀press฀the฀▶ but-

ton.

2. Press the

▼ button to select ▲ or ▼.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀a฀row฀to฀which฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀program.

The order of the programs will be changed.

Deleting฀the฀programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀number฀you฀want฀to฀delete฀and฀press฀the฀▶ button.

2. Press the

▼฀button฀to฀select฀[DELETE].

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The program will be deleted.

This will complete deleting the program.

140

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DATE ANDTIME

You฀can฀set฀the฀current฀time,฀month,฀date,฀and฀year.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀2฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀

main฀power฀is฀off฀for฀2฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀will฀cease.฀If฀the฀built-in฀clock฀ceases,฀set฀the฀date฀and฀time฀again.฀The฀

built-in฀clock฀will฀not฀cease฀while฀in฀the฀standby฀mode.

TIME ZONE SETTINGS .............. Select your time zone.

DATE AND TIME SETTINGS ...... Set your current date (MM/DD/YYYY) and time (HH:MM).

INTERNET TIME SERVER ......... If you place a check mark, the projector’s built-in clock will be synchronized with an Internet

time server in every 24 hours and at the time of projector’s startup.

UPDATE .................................... Synchronizes the projector’s built-in clock immediately. The UPDATE button is not available

unless the INTERNET TIME SERVER check box is turned on.

SUMMER TIME SETTINGS ....... If you place a check mark, the clock for daylight saving will be enabled.

MOUSE

This฀option฀lets฀you฀to฀change฀your฀USB฀mouse฀settings.฀The฀mouse฀settings฀feature฀is฀available฀for฀USB฀mouse฀only.฀

Choose฀the฀settings฀you฀want:

MOUSE BUTTON ...................... [RIGHT HAND] or [LEFT HAND]

MOUSE SENSITIVITY ............... [FAST], [MEDIUM] or [SLOW]

141

6. Connecting to Other Equipment

 Mounting a lens (sold separately)

Five฀separate฀bayonet฀style฀lenses฀can฀be฀used฀with฀this฀projector.฀The฀descriptions฀here฀are฀for฀the฀NP13ZL฀(2x฀

zoom)฀lens.฀Mount฀other฀lenses฀in฀the฀same฀manner.

NOTE:

•฀The฀projector฀and฀lenses฀are฀made฀of฀precision฀parts.฀Do฀not฀subject฀them฀to฀shock฀or฀excessive฀forces.

•฀Remove฀the฀separately฀sold฀lens฀when฀moving฀the฀projector.฀If฀not,฀the฀lens฀could฀be฀subject฀to฀shock฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀being฀

moved,฀damaging฀the฀lens฀and฀the฀lens฀shift฀mechanism.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀power฀and฀wait฀for฀the฀cooling฀fan฀to฀stop฀before฀mounting฀or฀removing฀the฀lens.

•฀Never฀touch฀the฀lens฀surface฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀operating.

•฀Be฀very฀careful฀not฀to฀let฀dirt,฀grease,฀etc.,฀on฀the฀lens฀surface฀and฀not฀to฀scratch฀the฀lens฀surface.

•฀Perform฀these฀operations฀on฀a฀at฀surface฀over฀a฀piece฀of฀cloth,฀etc.,฀to฀prevent฀the฀lens฀from฀getting฀scratched.

•฀When฀leaving฀the฀lens฀off฀the฀projector฀for฀long฀periods฀of฀time,฀mount฀the฀dust฀cap฀on฀the฀projector฀to฀prevent฀dust฀or฀dirt฀from฀

getting฀inside.

•฀If฀you฀have฀multiple฀projectors,฀be฀careful฀of฀the฀following:

-฀When฀mounting฀a฀lens฀designed฀exclusively฀for฀this฀projector฀onto฀another฀projector฀in฀the฀NP฀series,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀

lens฀attachment฀before฀mounting฀the฀lens฀on฀the฀projector.฀The฀lens฀cannot฀be฀mounted฀if฀its฀attachment฀is฀on.฀For฀the฀types฀

of฀lenses฀that฀can฀be฀mounted฀and฀instructions฀on฀removing฀them,฀see฀the฀lense’s฀operating฀instructions.

- Other types฀of฀lenses฀cannot฀be฀mounted฀on฀this฀projector.

Mounting the lens

1. Remove the dust cap from the projector.

2. Remove the lens cap on the back of the lens.

3.฀Insert฀the฀lens฀onto฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀yellow-marked฀

protrusion on the lens facing upwards.

There is a positioning slit on the projector’s lens insertion slot.

Insert the lens slowly all the way in, keeping the positioning

slit at the same angle.

Guiding notch

Yellow mark

142

4.฀Turn฀the฀lens฀clockwise.

Turn until a click is heard.

The lens is now fastened onto the projector.

TIP:฀Mounting฀the฀lens฀theft฀prevention฀screw

Fasten฀the฀lens฀theft฀prevention฀screw฀included฀with฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀

bottom฀of฀the฀projector฀so฀that฀the฀lens฀cannot฀be฀removed฀easily.

Removing the lens

1.฀While฀pressing฀the฀lens฀release฀button฀on฀the฀

projector’s฀front฀panel฀fully฀in,฀turn฀the฀lens฀

counterclockwise.

The lens comes off.

NOTE:฀If฀the฀lens฀cannot฀be฀removed฀when฀the฀lens฀release฀

button฀is฀pressed,฀check฀whether฀the฀lens฀theft฀prevention฀screw฀

is฀mounted.

2.฀Slowly฀pull฀the฀lens฀off฀the฀projector.

- After removing the lens, mount the lens caps (front

and back) included with the lens before storing the

lens.

- If no lens is going to be mounted on the projector,

mount the dust cap included with the projector.

143

6. Installation and Connections

Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)

To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector on the

projector. It is recommended that you use a

commercially available distribution ampliﬁer

if connecting a signal cable longer than the

cable supplied.

NOTE:฀For฀Macintosh,฀use฀a฀commercially฀avail-

able฀pin฀adapter฀(not฀supplied)฀to฀connect฀to฀

your฀Mac’s฀video฀port.

Stereo mini-plug

audio cable (not

supplied)

RGB - to - BNC cable

(not supplied)

Stereo mini-plug

audio cable (not

supplied)

 Making Connections

The฀projector฀can฀be฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀using฀the฀computer฀cable฀(included),฀a฀BNC฀cable฀(5-core฀type)฀

(commercially฀available),฀HDMI฀cable฀(commercially฀available)฀or฀DisplayPort฀cable฀(commercially฀available).

Analog RGB signal connection

•฀Connect฀the฀included฀computer฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀display฀output฀connector฀(mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin)฀and฀

the฀projector’s฀Computer฀1฀or฀Computer฀2฀video฀input฀connector.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer’s฀display฀output฀connector฀(mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin)฀and฀the฀projector’s฀Computer฀3฀

video฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀BNC฀cable฀(5-core)฀→฀mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀converter฀cable.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1COMPUTER฀1

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2COMPUTER฀2

COMPUTER฀3฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀3

COMPUTER฀3

144

6. Installation and Connections

Digital RGB signal connection

•฀Connect฀a฀commercially฀available฀HDMI฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀HDMI฀output฀connector฀and฀the฀projector’s฀

HDMI฀input฀connector.

•฀Connect฀a฀commercially฀available฀DisplayPort฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀DisplayPort฀output฀connector฀and฀

the฀projector’s฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

DisplayPort

฀DisplayPortDisplayPort

NOTE:

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀power฀of฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀before฀connecting.

•฀Lower฀the฀computer’s฀volume฀setting฀before฀connecting฀an฀audio฀cable฀to฀the฀headphones฀connector.฀When฀using฀with฀a฀computer฀

connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀adjust฀the฀volume฀of฀both฀the฀projector฀and฀computer฀to฀set฀the฀appropriate฀volume฀level.

•฀If฀the฀computer฀has฀a฀mini-jack฀type฀audio฀output฀connector,฀we฀recommend฀connecting฀the฀audio฀cable฀to฀that฀connector.

•฀This฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NEC฀video฀unit฀(model฀ISS-6020)฀video฀decoded฀outputs.

•฀When฀a฀video฀deck฀is฀connected฀via฀a฀scan฀converter,฀etc.,฀the฀display฀may฀not฀be฀correct฀during฀fast-forwarding฀and฀

rewinding.

TIP

•฀The฀Computer฀1฀and฀Computer฀2฀video฀input฀connectors฀support฀Windows฀Plug฀and฀Play.฀The฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector฀

does฀not฀support฀Windows฀Plug฀and฀Play.

•฀A฀Macintosh฀signal฀adapter฀(commercially฀available)฀may฀be฀required฀to฀connect฀a฀Macintosh฀computer.

฀To฀connect฀a฀Macintosh฀computer฀equipped฀with฀a฀Mini฀DisplayPort฀to฀the฀projector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀Mini฀DisplayPort฀

→฀DisplayPort฀converter฀cable.

HDMI cable (not supplied)

DisplayPort cable (not supplied)

145

6. Installation and Connections

Cautions฀when฀connecting฀an฀HDMI฀cable

•฀Use฀a฀certied฀High฀Speed฀HDMI

฀Cable or High฀Speed฀HDMI

฀Cable฀with฀Ethernet.

Cautions฀when฀connecting฀a฀DisplayPort฀cable

•฀Use฀a฀certied฀DisplayPort฀cable.

•฀Depending฀on฀the฀computer,฀some฀time฀may฀be฀required฀until฀the฀image฀is฀displayed.

•฀Some฀DisplayPort฀cables฀(commercially฀available)฀have฀locks.

•฀To฀disconnect฀the฀cable,฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀cable’s฀connector,฀then฀pull฀the฀cable฀out.

•฀No฀power฀is฀supplied฀from฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector฀to฀the฀connected฀device.

•฀When฀signals฀from฀a฀device฀that฀uses฀a฀signal฀converter฀adapter฀are฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀

in฀some฀cases฀the฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀When฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀a฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀converter฀(commercially฀

available).

Cautions฀when฀using฀a฀DVI฀signal

•฀When฀the฀computer฀has฀a฀DVI฀output฀connector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀converter฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀

computer฀to฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀input฀connector฀(only฀digital฀video฀signals฀can฀be฀input).฀Also,฀connect฀the฀

computer’s฀audio฀output฀to฀the฀projector’s฀Computer฀2฀audio฀input฀connector.฀In฀this฀case,฀switch฀the฀HDMI฀setting฀

at฀on-screen฀menu’s฀audio฀selection฀on฀the฀projector฀to฀[COMPUTER2].฀(→฀page฀

109)

฀To฀connect฀the฀computer’s฀DVI฀output฀connector฀to฀the฀projector’s฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀

available฀converter.

NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal

•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-

dard.฀The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.

•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀

restart฀your฀PC.

•฀Some฀graphics฀cards฀have฀both฀analog฀RGB฀(15-pin฀D-Sub)฀and฀DVI฀(or฀DFP)฀outputs.฀Use฀of฀the฀15-pin฀D-Sub฀connector฀may฀

result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀

reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.

146

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀

analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.

NOTE:

•฀Daisy฀chain฀connection฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀When฀audio฀equipment฀is฀connected,฀the฀projector฀speaker฀is฀disabled.

Com-

puter cable

(VGA)

(supplied)

Stereo mini-plug audio cable

(not supplied)

Computer cable (VGA)

(not supplied)

147

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

Connecting฀Video/S-Video฀Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

VIDEO฀IN

฀VIDEO

VIDEO

S-VIDEO฀IN

฀S-VIDEO

S-VIDEO

NOTE:฀The฀AUDIO฀IN฀L฀and฀R฀jacks฀(RCA)฀are฀shared฀between฀the฀Video฀and฀S-Video฀inputs.

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:

•฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀a฀scan฀

converter.

•฀Video฀signals฀can฀be฀projected฀when฀a฀video฀cable฀(commercially฀available)฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector’s฀

G/Y฀connector.

฀In฀this฀case,฀set฀the฀on-screen฀menu’s฀SETUP฀→฀OPTION(1)฀→

SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3) to [VIDEO]฀and฀select฀Computer฀3฀for฀

the฀input฀selection.

Audio cable (not supplied)

S-Video cable (not supplied)

Video cable (not supplied)

Audio equipment

Audio cable (not supplied)

148

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1COMPUTER฀1

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2COMPUTER฀2

COMPUTER฀3฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀3

COMPUTER฀3

NOTE:

•฀Normally฀the฀computer฀signal฀and฀component฀signal฀are฀identied฀and฀switched฀automatically.฀If฀the฀signal฀cannot฀be฀identied,฀

however,฀select฀the฀signal฀at฀[ADJUST]฀→฀[VIDEO]฀→฀[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀on฀the฀projector’s฀on-screen฀menu.฀Select฀“COMPUTER”฀or฀

“VIDEO”฀for฀the฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector฀at฀[SETUP]฀→฀[OPTION฀(1)]฀→฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)]฀(→฀page฀109).

•฀To฀connect฀to฀a฀video฀device฀with฀a฀D฀connector,฀use฀the฀sold฀separately฀D฀connector฀converter฀adapter฀(model฀ADP-DT1E).

15-pin - to - RCA (female) × 3

cable adapter (ADP-CV1E)

RCA (female) - to - BNC (male)

connector (not supplied)

Stereo mini plug - to - RCA audio

cable (not supplied)

Component video RCA × 3 cable

(not supplied)

DVD player

Audio Equipment

149

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting HDMI Input

You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀

HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀supports฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B).

Audio cable (not supplied)

HDMI cable (not supplied)

Use High Speed HDMI

Cable.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

TIP:฀For฀users฀of฀audio฀video฀equipment฀with฀an฀HDMI฀connector:

Select฀“Enhanced”฀rather฀than฀“Normal”฀if฀HDMI฀output฀is฀switchable฀between฀“Enhanced”฀and฀“Normal”.

This฀will฀provide฀improved฀image฀contrast฀and฀more฀detailed฀dark฀areas.

For฀more฀information฀on฀settings,฀refer฀to฀the฀instruction฀manual฀of฀the฀audio฀video฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀

made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[VIDEO฀

LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.

•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀→฀[HDMI].฀

•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input’s฀sound฀is฀not฀output,฀check฀that฀[OPTIONS(1)] →฀[DIGITAL฀AUDIO฀SELECT]฀→฀[HDMI]฀on฀the฀

projector’s฀on-screen฀menu฀is฀set฀to฀“HDMI”.฀(→฀page฀

109)

150

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN

The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.฀

To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀→

[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRED฀LAN].฀(→฀page฀

121).

Example of LAN connection

Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Server

Hub

LAN cable (not supplied)

NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher฀LAN฀

cable.

151

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (sold separately)

The฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀environment.฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀

wireless฀LAN฀environment,฀the฀IP฀address฀and฀other฀settings฀must฀be฀made฀on฀the฀projector.

Important:

•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀

prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.

NOTE:

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.

•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11b/g/n)฀standard.

Flow฀of฀Setting฀Wireless฀LAN

Step฀1:฀Attach฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀to฀the฀projector฀if฀required.

Step฀2:฀Display฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀[APPLICATION฀MENU].฀(→

page 120)

Step฀3:฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀and฀set฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀

[PROFILE฀1],฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].฀(→ page 121)

TIP:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESS]฀→฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PRO

FILE1],฀[PROFILE2].

Mounting a wireless LAN unit

CAUTION:

•฀The฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀mounted฀inside฀the฀projector.฀Before฀mounting฀it,฀turn฀off฀the฀power,฀unplug฀the฀power฀

cord฀and฀let฀the฀projector฀cool฀down฀completely.฀Removing฀the฀lter฀unit฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running฀could฀result฀

in฀burns฀or฀electric฀shocks฀from฀touching฀internal฀parts.

NOTE:

•฀

The฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀has฀a฀front฀and฀a฀back฀and฀must฀be฀mounted฀in฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀port฀in฀a฀specic฀direction.฀The฀port฀is฀

designed฀so฀that฀the฀unit฀cannot฀be฀mounted฀in฀the฀opposite฀direction,฀but฀trying฀to฀push฀it฀in฀by฀force฀could฀damage฀the฀wireless฀

LAN฀unit฀port.

•฀To฀prevent฀damage฀due฀to฀static฀electricity,฀touch฀a฀nearby฀metal฀object฀(a฀door฀knob,฀aluminum฀sash,฀etc.)฀before฀touching฀the฀

wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀eliminate฀the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀when฀mounting฀and฀removing฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.

฀Mounting฀and฀removing฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀while฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on฀could฀damage฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀or฀result฀in฀

malfunction฀on฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀projector฀should฀malfunction,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector’s฀power,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord,฀then฀plug฀

the power cord back in.

•฀Do฀not฀connect฀any฀USB฀device฀other฀than฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port.฀Also,฀do฀not฀connect฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀

unit฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀in฀the฀connector฀section.

152

6. Installation and Connections

1. Press the ฀button฀to฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀standby฀mode,฀then฀

disconnect the power cord.

Wait for the projector to fully cool off.

2. Remove the ﬁlter cover.

Pressing the buttons on the left and right sides of the ﬁlter cover upwards,

pull the ﬁlter cover towards you to remove it.

3. Remove the ﬁlter unit.

Pull the hooks on the left and right sides of the ﬁlter unit towards you to

remove the ﬁlter unit.

4.฀Slowly฀insert฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port.

- Remove the wireless LAN unit’s cap, set the unit with the front (the side

with the indicator) facing upwards, hold the back edge and insert the unit

gently.

Next, press the wireless LAN unit in with a ﬁnger.

- The cap you have removed will be used when the wireless LAN unit is

removed, so store it in a safe place.

NOTE:฀If฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀hard฀to฀insert,฀do฀not฀push฀it฀in฀by฀force.

5. Mount the ﬁlter unit.

Insert the ﬁlter unit onto the projector with the sides on which the left and

right hooks are located on the outside.

6. Mount the ﬁlter cover.

Insert the 4 catches on the top of the ﬁlter cover into the grooves in the

projector, then press the left and right buttons to close.

- A click is heard and the ﬁlter cover is fastened in place.

WIRELESS

Filter cover

Filter unit

Button

Hook

Wireless LAN unit

153

6. Installation and Connections

To remove the wireless LAN unit

1. Remove the ﬁlter unit following steps 1 to 3 above.

2.฀Remove฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.

If the wireless LAN unit is hard to remove, place a cloth, etc., over needle-

nose pliers to grasp the wireless LAN unit and pull it out.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀grasp฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀with฀excessive฀force.฀Doing฀so฀will฀damage฀

it.

3. Mount the ﬁlter unit and ﬁlter cover as described in steps 5 and 6

above.

WIRELESS

154

6. Installation and Connections

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection

(Network฀Type฀→฀Infrastructure)

(→฀page฀

123)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Wired LAN

Wireless access point

USB Wireless LAN Unit

To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀select฀the฀Ad฀

Hoc฀mode.฀(→฀page฀123)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀→฀Ad฀Hoc)

USB Wireless LAN Unit

155

7. Maintenance

This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀

and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.

1 Cleaning the Filters

The฀air-lter฀sponge฀keeps฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀getting฀inside฀the฀projector฀and฀should฀be฀frequently฀cleaned.฀If฀the฀lter฀

is฀dirty฀or฀clogged,฀your฀projector฀may฀overheat.

NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀

displayed,฀clean฀the฀lters.฀The฀time฀to฀clean฀the฀lters฀is฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀at฀time฀of฀shipment.฀(→฀page฀

103)

To฀cancel฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀two-layer฀lter฀on฀the฀projector฀improves฀cooling฀and฀dust-proof฀capabilities฀compared฀with฀the฀conventional฀

models.

The฀outsides฀(intake฀side)฀of฀the฀rst฀and฀second฀layer฀lters฀remove฀dust.

To฀clean฀the฀lter,฀detach฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

CAUTION

•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀then฀allow฀the฀cabinet฀to฀cool.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀can฀result฀in฀electric฀shock฀or฀burn฀injuries.

1. Push up the buttons on the left and right to release the

ﬁlter unit and pull it out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3. Remove the four ﬁlters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion

ﬁlters.

Filter cover Button

Filter unit

Tab

156

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left edges of the ﬁlters and remove the two hard

honeycomb ﬁlters.

- The ﬁlters cannot be removed by pressing the left and

right edges.

4. Use a vacuum cleaner to vacuum all the dust inside.

Get rid of dust in the accordion ﬁlter

NOTE:

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀lter฀clog-

ging.

5. Remove dust from the ﬁlter unit and the ﬁlter cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

6.฀Attach฀the฀four฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the hard honeycomb ﬁlters into the tips of the ﬂanges

at the center, then bend the ﬁlters and push them in under

the hooks.

- The ﬁlters cannot be inserted from the outside.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

Mount the accordion ﬁlters under the ﬂanges along the outer

edges.

฀•฀฀Each฀accordion฀lter฀has฀slits฀in฀it.฀Align฀the฀slits฀with฀the฀

protrusions on the ﬁlter unit.

7. Mount the ﬁlter unit back onto the projector cabinet.

Insert the ﬁlter unit onto the projector with the sides on which

the left and right hooks are located on the outside.

Slit

Flange

Hook

157

7. Maintenance

8. Put the ﬁlter cover back to the projector cabinet.

Insert the 4 catches on the top of the ﬁlter cover into the grooves

in the projector, then press the left and right buttons to close.

•฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

9.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the

projector.

From the menu, select [RESET]

→ [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].

(→ page 117)

The interval time to clean the ﬁlters is set to [OFF] at time of

shipment. When using the projector as it is, you do not clear

the ﬁlter usage

Catch

Button

158

7. Maintenance

 Cleaning the Lens

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀plastic฀lens.฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀plastic฀lens฀cleaner.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens฀surface฀as฀a฀plastic฀lens฀is฀easily฀scratched.

•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.

 Cleaning the Cabinet

Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.

฀If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.฀

•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.฀

•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀ventilation฀slits฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀

cleaner฀into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.

Vacuum the dust off the ventilation slits.

•฀Clogged฀ventilation฀slits฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects

•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀lens,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀or฀vinyl฀product฀

in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀

159

7. Maintenance

 Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀

LAMP฀HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀AND฀FILTER.฀USE฀THE฀

SPECIFIED฀LAMP฀FOR฀SAFETY฀AND฀PERFORMANCE.”฀will฀appear฀(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀

replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀

hour฀meter.฀(→฀page฀

116)

CAUTION

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀

off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀two฀lamp฀housing฀screws.฀You฀could฀receive฀

an฀electric฀shock.

•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.

฀Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.฀Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀

an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀

after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀

the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀

in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀

dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on

•฀when฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed

To฀turn฀off฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Replacement฀lamp:฀

NP21LP

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Step 1. Replace the lamp

Step 2.

฀Replace฀the฀lters฀(→ page 162)

Step 3.

฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀(→ page 116, 117)

160

7. Maintenance

2. Remove the lamp housing.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀two฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-

tion.

฀•฀The฀two฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀There฀is฀an฀interlock฀on฀this฀case฀to฀prevent฀the฀risk฀of฀electrical฀shock.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀circumvent฀this฀

interlock.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.

Interlock Guide hole

To replace the lamp:

1. Remove the lamp cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀lamp฀cover฀screw

฀•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

(2)฀Pull฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀lamp฀cover฀towards฀you฀and฀remove฀it.

CAUTION:

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀

enough฀to฀before฀removing฀it.

161

7. Maintenance

This completes the lamp replacement.

Go on to the ﬁlter replacement.

NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀projector฀

cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.

If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.

When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.

4. Reattach the lamp cover.

(1)฀Insert฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀lamp฀cover฀into฀the฀groove฀in฀the฀projector฀and฀close฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(2)฀Tighten฀the฀screw฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.

3. Install a new lamp housing.

(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.฀

(2)฀Position฀so฀that฀the฀guide฀hole฀in฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀lamp฀house฀is฀over฀the฀protrusion฀on฀the฀projector฀then฀

press฀all฀the฀way฀in.

(3)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀two฀screws.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

162

7. Maintenance

To replace the ﬁlters:

Four฀lters฀are฀packaged฀with฀the฀replacement฀lamp.

Honeycomb฀lter฀(coarse฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

Accordion฀lter฀(ne฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

NOTE:

•฀Replace฀all฀four฀lters฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀wipe฀off฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀

•฀The฀projector฀is฀precision฀equipment.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.฀Soap฀and฀water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.฀

•฀Put฀lters฀into฀place.฀Incorrect฀attachment฀of฀a฀lter฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀get฀into฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.฀

Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀(→฀page฀159)

1. Push up the buttons on the left and right to release the ﬁlter unit and pull it out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3. Remove the four ﬁlters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion ﬁlters (large and small).

Filter cover

Filter unit

163

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left edges of the ﬁlters and remove the two hard honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀The ﬁlters cannot be removed by pressing the left and right edges.

4. Remove dust from the ﬁlter unit and the ﬁlter cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

5.฀Attach฀four฀new฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the hard honeycomb ﬁlters into the tips of the ﬂanges at the center, then bend the ﬁlters and push them

in under the hooks.

- The ﬁlters cannot be inserted from the outside.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

Mount the accordion ﬁlters under the ﬂanges along the outer edges.

฀•฀Each฀accordion฀lter฀has฀slits฀in฀it.฀Align฀the฀slits฀with฀the฀protrusions฀on฀the฀lter฀unit.

6. Mount the ﬁlter unit back onto the projector cabinet.

Insert the ﬁlter unit onto the projector with the sides on which the left and right hooks are located on the outside.

7. Mount the ﬁlter cover back onto the projector cabinet.

Insert the 4 catches on the top of the ﬁlter cover into the grooves in the projector, then press the left and right

buttons to close.

This completes the ﬁlter replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀clearing฀lamp฀and฀lter฀hour฀meters.

To฀clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours:

1.฀Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.

2. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the projector.

3.฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

1. From the menu, select [RESET] → [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.

2. Select [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].and reset the ﬁlter usage hours. (

→ page 117)

164

8. User Supportware

 Installing Software Program

Installation for Windows software

The฀software฀programs฀except฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀support฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista,฀and฀Windows฀

XP.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀each฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Win-

dows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀or฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀

.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀

web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀it฀on฀your฀computer

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀→฀“Accessories”฀→฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

165

8. User Supportware

2฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀you฀wish฀to฀install฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

TIP:

Uninstalling฀a฀Software฀Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.

3 Select the software program and click it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

166

8. User Supportware

Installation for Macintosh software

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀supports฀Mac฀OS฀X.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.฀

The menu window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.

3฀Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.

4฀Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀(Intel).dmg”.

The “Image Express Utility 2” folder will be displayed.

•฀If฀your฀Mac฀is฀PowerPC-based,฀double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.dmg”.

5฀Move฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀“Applications”฀folder฀using฀a฀drag-and-drop฀operation.฀

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀a฀software฀program

1.฀Put฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

2.฀Put฀the฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀is฀located฀in฀“/user/your฀user฀name/library/Preferences/jp.co.

nec.nevt. ImageExpressUtility.plist”.

167

8. User Supportware

 Operating the Projector Via the LAN (Virtual Remote Tool)

This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀a฀LAN฀connection.฀It฀

is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀

can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀changing.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀

control฀operation฀on฀your฀PC.

Virtual฀Remote฀screen

Remote฀Control฀WindowToolbar

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(→฀page฀

169)

NOTE:

•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:

-฀File฀size:฀256฀KB฀or฀less฀

-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀the฀native฀resolution฀of฀the฀projector

•฀The฀logo฀data฀that฀is฀sent฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀Its฀surrounding฀will฀be฀painted฀

out฀in฀black.

TIP:

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀also฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately)”฀(→฀page฀151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→

page฀120)

168

8. User Supportware

Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start฀using฀the฀shortcut฀icon

•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.

Start from the Start menu

•฀Click฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀

→฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].

When Virtual Remote Tool starts for the ﬁrst time, “Easy Setup” window will be displayed.

The “Easy Setup” feature is not available on this model. Click “Close Easy Setup”.

Closing the “Easy Setup” window will display the “Projector List” window.

Select your projector you wish to connect. This will display the Virtual Remote screen.

TIP:

•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.

฀To฀do฀so,฀click฀to฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“฀฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀

turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

169

8. User Supportware

Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Taskbar.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Exit”.

The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

1.฀Click฀“Start”.฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”.฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”.฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀and฀

then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.

The Help screen will be displayed.

170

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀wired฀or฀

wireless฀LAN.

This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.

What you can do with Image Express Utility Lite

•฀Image฀transmission

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA).

•฀By฀using฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀function,฀the฀complicated฀network฀settings฀can฀be฀simplied฀and฀the฀computer฀

will฀automatically฀connect฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀up฀to฀four฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)

See฀“❹฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately)”฀(→฀page฀

151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→

page฀120)

Start Image Express Utility Lite.

1.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀→฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite”฀→฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.

Image Express Utility Lite will start.

The select window for network connection will be displayed

2.฀Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.

The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Easy฀Connection”฀is฀recommended.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀networks฀for฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀are฀found,฀the฀“Easy฀Connection฀Selection฀Screen”฀

window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀→฀[WIRELESS฀

LAN]฀→฀[SSID].

3.฀Select฀“Easy฀Connection”฀network฀you฀wish฀to฀connect,฀and฀click฀“Select”.

The target selection window will be displayed.

4.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀→ [WIRELESS LAN]

→ [IP ADDRESS].

171

8. User Supportware

When connecting with the projector is establised, you can operate the control window to control the projector.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀that฀is฀turned฀

off will not be displayed in the select window for destination

•฀When฀the฀PA500U฀is฀found,฀"1280฀x฀800"฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀resolution฀eld.

Control฀Window฀Operations

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6)

(1) (Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.

(2)

(Picture) .... Turns on or off the Mute (Picture mute), Freeze (Freeze a picture), Play, and Geometric Correction Tool (GCT)

functions.

(3)

(Sound) ..... Turns on or off Mute (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.

(4)

(Etc) ........... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”.

(5)

(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.

(6)

(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.

Click the [?] (help) icon on the control window.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.

Click “Help (C)” → “Help” on the Cornerstone Edit screen.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

Click “Start” → “All programs” or “Programs” → “NEC Projector User Supportware” → “Image Express Utility Lite”

→ “Image Express Utility Lite Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

172

8. User Supportware

 Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction Tool

in Image Express Utility Lite)

The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀

angle.฀

What you can do with GCT

•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions

•฀4-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀

of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Multi-point Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀

by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.

•฀Parameters Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀

prepared฀in฀advance.

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.

For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite.฀(→฀page฀

171)฀

•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.

•฀Geometric฀correction฀can฀be฀used฀when฀connected฀to฀the฀network฀(by฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN)฀or฀by฀video฀cable.

Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.

1.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀(Picture)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.

The “4-point Correction” window will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”฀button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀Correction”฀button.

A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.

•฀Four฀[฀• ] marks will be appeared at four corners of the green frame

173

8. User Supportware

3.฀Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[

• ]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀to฀move.

The currently selected [ • ] mark will turn red.

(In the above example, Windows screens are omitted for clariﬁcation.)

4.฀Drag฀the฀selected฀[ • ]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀and฀drop฀it.

•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀nearest฀[฀•

] mark will go to the position where

the mouse cursor is.

5. Repeat Step 3 and 4 to correct the distortion of the projected image.

6.฀After฀completing,฀right-click฀the฀mouse.

The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the projected image area. This will complete the cor-

rection.

7.฀Click฀the฀“X”฀(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

The “4-point Correction” window will disappear and the 4-point correction will take effect.

8.฀Click฀the฀“฀฀”฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.

TIP:

•฀After฀performing฀the฀4-point฀correction,฀you฀can฀save฀the฀4-point฀correction฀data฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀clicking฀“File”฀→฀“Writing฀to฀

the฀projector…”฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

•฀See฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀operating฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀and฀other฀functions฀than฀GCT.฀(→฀page฀

171)

174

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Images or Videos from the Projector over a LAN

(Image Express Utility 2.0)

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2.0

•฀Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀computers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wire-

less฀LAN.

฀The฀difference฀from฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀that฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀

one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀received฀between฀two฀or฀more฀computers.

•฀High-speed,฀high-quality฀image฀transmissions฀based฀on฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm

฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm฀allows฀high-quality฀images฀to฀be฀sent฀over฀the฀network฀at฀high฀speed,฀from฀

your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Simultaneous฀projection฀by฀multiple฀projectors

฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀

time.

•฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function฀for฀connecting฀wireless฀LAN

฀By฀using฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function*

,฀the฀complicated฀setting฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀simplied.

฀ This฀function฀can฀be฀used฀when฀Windows฀XP฀is฀used฀as฀the฀OS฀and฀when฀you฀have฀a฀“Computer฀Adminis-

trator”฀privilege.฀If฀the฀OS฀is฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀input฀of฀logon฀password฀as฀“Administrator”฀may฀be฀

prompted.฀

175

8. User Supportware

•฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀computers฀of฀all฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀

of฀a฀“Meeting”.฀The฀received฀images฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀your฀computer฀with฀a฀memo฀(text฀data)฀attached.

Attendant

Presenter

Attendant

•฀1-click฀switching฀of฀presenter

฀When฀switching฀to฀another฀presenter฀during฀the฀conference,฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀can฀simply฀click฀a฀button฀

to฀switch฀over฀to฀the฀new฀presenter.

•฀Central฀management฀of฀the฀projecting฀computer

฀Using฀the฀Training฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀single฀computer฀(Manager)฀to฀manage฀which฀computer฀(Attendant)฀

projects.฀Possible฀operation฀includes฀switching฀projecting฀computers฀to฀project฀from,฀as฀well฀as฀temporarily฀termi-

nating฀communication฀with฀the฀projector.

Attendant A

Attendant D

(presenter)

Attendant฀BAttendant C

Manager

Mr. D,฀please฀start

your฀presentation.

NOTE::

The฀Training฀Mode฀is฀not฀installed฀via฀the฀“Typical”฀installation฀option฀when฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀is฀installed.

To฀use฀Training฀Mode,฀select฀“Extension”฀installation฀option฀on฀the฀install฀selection฀screen฀that฀is฀displayed฀while฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀2.0฀installation฀is฀in฀progress,฀and฀select฀“Training฀Mode฀(Attendant)”฀or฀“Training฀Mode฀(Manager)”.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→฀page฀120)

176

8. User Supportware

Basic Operation of Image Express Utility 2.0

This฀section฀explains฀the฀following฀three฀cases฀as฀examples฀of฀operating฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

(1)฀Transferring฀images฀to฀the฀projector

(2)฀Holding฀a฀conference

(3)฀Participating฀in฀a฀conference

Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector

•฀Connecting฀projector

1฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀which฀LAN฀has฀been฀set.

2฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

The “Selection Of Network Connections” window will be displayed.

A list of the network equipment connected to your computer will be displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

3฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

Select the network device displaying “Easy Connection” if the product LAN setting is for “Easy Connection.” This

will call up the “Projector List” window.

177

8. User Supportware

4฀Check()฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

If the name of the projector to connect is not on the list or if it is hidden, click [Update].

Click

-1

Clic

-2

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

At this time, the input signal of the projector will automatically change to “NETWORK”.

NOTE:

•฀When฀the฀PA500U฀is฀found,฀"1280฀x฀800"฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀resolution฀eld.

•฀Transferring฀images

When฀your฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀as฀is.฀To฀

make฀your฀presentation฀by฀using฀a฀PowerPoint฀le,฀open฀the฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀start฀your฀presentation.

178

8. User Supportware

•฀Stopping฀or฀resuming฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

The฀transmission฀of฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀temporarily฀stopped฀and฀then฀resumed.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀(

)฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Stop฀Sending].

The projector icon on the taskbar will change ( → ).

NOTE:

Even฀if฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀changed฀in฀this฀status,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀change.

To฀manipulate฀the฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀disclosed฀(projected฀from฀the฀projector),฀stop฀transmission.

3฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

4฀Click฀[Start฀Sending].

The projector icon on the taskbar will change ( → ).

The transmission of the screen for the computer will be resumed, and the current screen of the computer will be

projected from the projector.

•฀End฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

Exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

179

8. User Supportware

Holding฀Conferences

•฀Holding฀conferences

1฀Follow฀steps฀1฀through฀4฀in฀“Connecting฀projector”฀of฀“Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector”฀(→

page 176).

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

•฀Disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants฀of฀the฀conference.

NOTE:

To฀disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants,฀selection฀can฀be฀made฀only฀in฀folder฀units.

Therefore,฀a฀folder฀only฀having฀les฀that฀can฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants฀must฀be฀created฀in฀advance.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Before฀clicking฀[Send฀to฀PC฀and฀Projector],฀check฀that฀there฀is฀a฀“฀•฀”฀mark฀applied.

3฀Click฀the฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀button฀on฀the฀taskbar.

The presenter window will be opened.

4฀Click฀[Select฀Folder].

Click

180

8. User Supportware

5฀Select฀a฀folder฀saving฀the฀le฀to฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants,฀and฀click฀[OK].

The ﬁle in the selected folder will be displayed in the list of ﬁles to transfer.

6฀Click฀[Download].

The ﬁle will be shown to the participants.

NOTE:

When฀the฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀computer฀screen฀that฀is฀in฀of฀being฀progress฀is฀also฀projected฀from฀the฀projec-

tor.฀To฀manipulate฀a฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀shown฀(not฀projected),฀temporarily฀stop฀the฀transmission฀(→฀page฀178).

•฀Ending฀conference

1฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀presenter฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

You can also end the conference by clicking [×] at the upper right of the presenter window.

Participating฀in฀Conference

•฀Participating฀in฀conferences

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

The “Selection Of Network Connections” window will be displayed.

A list of the network equipment connected to your computer will be displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

2฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

Select the network device displaying “Easy Connection” if the product LAN setting is for “Easy Connection.” This

will call up the “ Meeting List” window.

181

8. User Supportware

3฀Click฀the฀Meeting฀Name฀to฀participate,฀and฀click฀[Connect].

Click

The computer will be connected to the selected conference and the attendant window will be displayed.

If the presenter selects “Send to PC And Projector”, the image projected from the projector is displayed in the at-

tendant window.

182

8. User Supportware

•฀Saving฀received฀images

1฀Click฀[Memo]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

A memo pane will be displayed.

Memo฀pane

Click

2฀Click฀[Save฀Image]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

The image displayed in the attendant window will be saved.

•฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀added฀to฀the฀memo฀list฀and฀a฀thumbnail฀is฀displayed.

•฀A฀memo฀can฀be฀attached฀to฀the฀saved฀image.

REFERENCE:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

฀In฀this฀folder,฀an฀HTML฀le฀named฀“Meeting฀Records”฀is฀created.

฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀saved฀in฀“Images”฀folder.

183

8. User Supportware

•฀Downloading฀disclosed฀le

1฀Click฀[File฀Transfer]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

The “File Transfer” window will be opened.

Click

2฀Select฀a฀le฀to฀download,฀and฀click฀[Download].

Downloading will begin.

The progress of the downloading is displayed at the lower left of the window.

3฀When฀downloading฀is฀complete,฀click฀[File]฀in฀the฀“File฀Transfer”฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

The “File Transfer” window will be closed.

REFERENCE:

•฀If฀“Open฀After฀Downloading”฀is฀checked,฀the฀le฀is฀opened฀by฀specied฀Windows฀application฀software฀after฀downloading฀is฀com-

plete.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.฀

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

184

8. User Supportware

•฀Changing฀presenter

Three฀types฀of฀settings฀may฀be฀made฀to฀change฀the฀presenter:฀“Not฀Approved”,฀“Approved”,฀and฀“Changing฀Prohibited”฀

(these฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀by฀the฀presenter).

In฀the฀following฀example,฀“Not฀Approved”฀is฀selected.

•฀Click฀[Become฀A฀Presenter]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

You will change from a participant to a presenter.

Click

•฀Leaving฀conference

Leave฀the฀conference฀and฀exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

•฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

You can also leave the conference by clicking [×] at the upper right of the attendant window.

185

8. User Supportware

 Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer over a LAN

(Desktop Control Utility 1.0)

Using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀allows฀you฀to฀remotely฀operate฀your฀computer฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector฀

over฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

What you can do with Desktop Control Utility 1.0

•฀A฀commercially฀available฀USB฀mouse฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀the฀computer.

•฀Suppose,฀for฀example,฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀to฀be฀presented฀in฀a฀conference฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce.฀

If฀this฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀conference฀room฀with฀LAN฀when฀the฀conference฀is฀held,฀the฀

desktop฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce฀(Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista/Windows฀XP)฀can฀be฀projected฀and฀the฀

Power-Point฀le฀can฀be฀presented฀by฀operating฀the฀projector.฀In฀other฀words฀the฀computer฀does฀not฀need฀to฀be฀

brought฀into฀the฀conference฀room.

IMPORTANT:

•฀You฀can฀use฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀to฀operate฀a฀computer฀located฀in฀a฀separate฀room฀from฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀network.฀

Therefore,฀care฀must฀be฀exercised฀to฀prevent฀any฀third฀party฀from฀viewing฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀(important฀documents),฀

copying฀les,฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀power.

฀NEC฀assumes฀no฀liability฀for฀any฀loss฀or฀damages฀arising฀from฀information฀leak฀or฀system฀failure฀while฀you฀are฀using฀Desktop฀

Control฀Utility฀1.0.

•฀This฀will฀disconnect฀LAN฀connection฀when฀the฀computer฀goes฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀while฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀being฀

used.

฀In฀the฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀select฀[Control฀Panel]฀→฀[Hardware฀and฀Sound]฀→฀[Power฀Options].฀Set฀[Change฀when฀the฀

computer฀sleeps]฀to฀[Never].฀

฀In฀the฀Windows฀XP,฀click฀[Control฀Panel]฀→฀[Performance฀and฀Maintenance]฀→฀[Power฀Options]฀→฀[System฀Standby]฀→

[Never].

•฀The฀screen฀saver฀function฀is฀off฀while฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀running.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→฀page฀120)

186

8. User Supportware

Using the projector to operate your computer’s desktop screen

IMPORTANT:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀has฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀function฀to฀protect฀the฀computer.฀The฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window฀may฀be฀

displayed.

฀Since฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀cannot฀transfer฀the฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window,฀this฀window฀makes฀the฀operation฀unavail-

able.฀Before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀it฀is฀necessary฀to฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista.฀

After฀logging฀on฀with฀the฀administrator฀account,฀follow฀the฀procedure฀below฀to฀change฀the฀setting:

[Change฀Procedure]

<For฀Windows฀7>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel]฀from฀the฀Start฀Manu.

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety].

3฀Click฀[User฀Accounts].

4฀Click฀[Change฀User฀Account฀Control฀settings].

5฀Change฀[Choose฀when฀to฀be฀notied฀about฀changes฀to฀your฀computer]฀to฀[Never฀notify]฀and฀click฀[OK].

•฀If฀restarting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Restart฀now].

<For฀Windows฀Vista>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel]฀from฀the฀Start฀Menu.฀

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety].฀

3฀Click฀[User฀Account].฀

4฀Click฀[Enable/Disable฀User฀Account฀Control].฀

5฀Remove฀the฀checkmark฀for฀[Use฀User฀Account฀Control฀(UAC)฀to฀Help฀Computer฀Protection]฀and฀click฀

[OK].฀

•฀If฀rebooting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Reboot฀Now].฀

Upon฀completion฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀enable฀the฀user฀account฀control.฀

187

8. User Supportware

•฀Operation฀on฀computer

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0]฀→฀[Desktop฀Control],฀in฀that฀order.

The “Selection Of Network Connections” window is displayed.

This displays a list of the network devices connected to the computer you are using.

2฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀to฀use฀and฀click฀[OK].

The “Startup password settings” window will be displayed.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀the฀User฀Account฀Control฀Window฀is฀displayed.฀Click฀[OK]฀or฀input฀the฀

administrator password.

Screen when Desktop Control Utility 1.0 is started ﬁrst time

already

Screen if starting password has been set

IMPORTANT:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀write฀down฀the฀starting฀password฀in฀case฀you฀forget฀it.

•฀The฀starting฀password฀must฀be฀input฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

•฀Should฀you฀forget฀the฀starting฀password,฀reinstall฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

188

8. User Supportware

3฀Input฀the฀starting฀password฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀and฀click฀[OK].

The “Current password” window will be displayed.

NOTE:

The฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld฀varies฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

4฀Write฀down฀the฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld.

Write down “PMHN” in the screen example of step 3.

5฀Click฀[OK].

Desktop Control Utility 1.0 will be started.

Move to the room where the projector is installed, with the paper on which you have written down the password in

step 4.

189

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(connecting฀computer)

1฀Connect฀a฀USB฀mouse฀that฀is฀commercially฀available฀to฀the฀projector.

USB

2฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector.

Set the LAN setting of the projector in advance.

3฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit.

The Source list will be displayed.

In case of the remote control, press the NETWORK button.

The “network menu” screen will be displayed, proceed to step 5.

4 Press the /฀buttons฀to฀select฀[NETWORK],฀and฀then฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The “network menu” screen will be displayed.

190

8. User Supportware

5฀Click฀[DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY].

The “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY menu” screen will be displayed.

6฀Click฀“ENTRY”.

A password input screen will be displayed.

7฀Input฀the฀password฀you฀have฀written฀down฀in฀step฀4฀of฀“Operation฀on฀computer”.

•฀Click฀the฀[BS]฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀to฀delete฀the฀character฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀character฀

insertion point.

8฀After฀inputting฀the฀password,฀click฀the฀฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld.

You are returned to the “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY” menu screen.

9฀Click฀[COMPUTER฀SEARCH].

The “COMPUTER LIST” screen will be displayed.

If the connection destination has not been found as a result of a COMPUTER SEARCH, search for the connection

destination by inputting the IP address of the computer at the connection destination, click “Input IP Address”.

191

8. User Supportware

10฀Click฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination฀and฀then฀[OK].

The desktop screen of the computer at the connection destination will be displayed.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(manipulating฀desktop฀screen)

The฀displayed฀desktop฀screen฀can฀be฀manipulated฀by฀using฀the฀USB฀mouse฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀EXIT฀

button฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed,฀an฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀

is฀displayed฀at฀the฀lower฀left฀of฀the฀screen.

Manipulate฀the฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control.

192

8. User Supportware

<1><2><3><4>

<1> (cut-off icon) .......Disconnects communication with the computer.

<2>

(Shift icon) ..........When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, shift lock status is set.

The shift lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<3>

(Ctrl icon) ............When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, control lock status is set.

The control lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<4>

(ESC icon) ...........The same operation as when the [ESC] key of the computer is pressed is performed. This icon is

used, for example, to stop a slideshow of PowerPoint.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(disconnecting฀communications)

1฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

An auxiliary operation bar will be displayed at the lower left of the screen.

2 Move the highlight to ฀(cut-off฀icon)฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Communication will be disconnected and you are returned to the “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY” menu screen.

To resume communication, click [COMPUTER SEARCH].

After that, follow step 10 on the preceding page.

REFERENCE:

Communication฀can฀also฀be฀disconnected฀by฀clicking฀the฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀and฀then฀clicking฀“Disconnect”฀while฀the฀

desktop screen is displayed.

193

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(exiting฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0)

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀[

]฀on฀the฀taskbar฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

Desktop Control Utility 1.0 will be terminated.

3฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit฀or฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The “network menu” screen will be displayed.

4฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit฀or฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The on-screen menu will be displayed.

5฀Select฀an฀input฀source฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

194

8. User Supportware



Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀event฀

schedule.

Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀PC฀

Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.

TIP:

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately)”฀(→฀page฀151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→

page฀120)

Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀→฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀→

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.

NOTE:

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/

sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀

scheduler.

[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:

Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀→฀“System฀and฀Security”฀→฀“Power฀Options”฀→฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀→฀“Put฀the฀computer฀

to฀sleep”฀→฀“Never”.฀

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.

Click “Help (H)” → “Help (H) …” of window of PC Control Utility Pro 4 in this order.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

Click “Start” → “All programs” or “Programs” → “NEC Projector User Supportware” → “PC Control Utility Pro 4” →

“PC Control Utility Pro 4 Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

195

8. User Supportware

 Converting PowerPoint ﬁles to Slides (Viewer PPT Converter

3.0)

Using฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀allows฀you฀to฀convert฀PowerPoint฀les฀into฀JPEG฀les.฀Converted฀JPEG฀les฀and฀

Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀a฀USB฀memory.฀When฀the฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector,฀these฀JPEG฀les฀

and฀Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer.

NOTE:

When฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀has฀been฀installed,฀once฀start฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀once฀with฀the฀privilege฀used฀for฀installation.฀

Then฀exit฀from฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀without฀doing฀anything.

•฀Starting

Click฀Window’s฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0]฀→฀[Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter฀3.0],฀in฀that฀order.

NOTE:

•฀When฀installing฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀onto฀a฀computer฀that฀has฀PowerPoint฀installed,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀is฀automati-

cally฀registered฀as฀a฀Power-Point฀add-in.

It฀is฀necessary฀to฀cancel฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀add-in฀before฀uninstalling฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.

Refer฀to฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀Help฀to฀unregister฀the฀add-in.

•฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀the฀add-in's฀"Run฀Slide฀Show".

Converting PowerPoint ﬁles and saving them to a USB memory

1.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer.

2.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀→฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀

3.0”฀→฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will start.

3.฀Click฀“Brows...”฀and฀select฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀you฀wish฀to฀convert,฀and฀then฀click฀“Open”.

4.฀฀Click฀“Next”.

196

8. User Supportware

5.฀Select฀the฀USB฀memory฀drive฀for฀“Card฀Drive”฀and฀type฀in฀“Index฀name”.

Index name must be eight alphanumeric characters or less. 2-byte character and ﬁle with a long ﬁlename cannot

be used.

6.฀Click฀“Export”.

A conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

7.฀Click฀“OK”.

Exporting a ﬁle will start.

8.฀Click฀“OK”.

9.฀Click฀“Exit”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will exit.

10.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀computer.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer,฀click฀the฀“Safe฀to฀Remove฀Hardware”฀icon฀on฀the฀task-

bar.

197

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Your Mac’s Screen Image from the Projector over

a LAN (Image Express Utility 2 for Mac)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀contained฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀

network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀runs฀on฀Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later.

It฀runs฀on฀both฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(PowerPC)฀and฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(Intel).

Hereafter,฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac”฀is฀abbreviated฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”.

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2

•฀Via฀the฀network฀images฀on฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀Mac฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀projected฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀One฀computer฀can฀send฀images฀to฀more฀than฀one฀projector.

Operating environment

Supported OS

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later฀required

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.3.0฀or฀later฀recommended

Processor฀(CPU)

PowerPC฀G3฀600฀MHz฀processor฀required

PowerPC฀G4฀800฀MHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Intel฀Core฀Solo฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀required

Memory

256฀MB฀or฀higher฀required

Network฀environment

Wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀required฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP

Only฀the฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme฀wireless฀LAN฀cards฀are฀guaranteed฀to฀work฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.

“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀only฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme.

Supported resolution

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

(1024฀×฀768฀-฀1280฀×฀800฀recommended฀for฀PA550W/PA500U)

Supported screen colors

32฀thousands฀of฀colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors฀required

*฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

150),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀151)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→฀page฀120)

198

8. User Supportware

Using Image Express Utility 2

Connecting฀to฀a฀projector

1฀Conrm฀that฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀turned฀on.

2฀Click฀the฀AirPort฀status฀(฀

฀)฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀“Turn฀AirPort฀On”.

The AirPort status is changed to “ ” or “ ”.

•฀AirPort฀status฀types฀and฀meanings

...AirPort : Off

...AirPort : On ( in infrastructure connection )

...AirPort : On ( in adhoc connection )

REFERENCE:

When฀the฀AirPort฀status฀(฀฀/฀฀/฀฀)฀is฀not฀displayed฀on฀the฀menu฀bar:

1฀Click฀Apple฀Menu฀(฀

฀)฀and฀[System฀Preferences...].฀

The “System Preferences” window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Network].

The Network conﬁguration window will be displayed.

3฀Select฀[AirPort]฀in฀[Show].

4฀Click฀[AirPort]฀tab.

The AirPort conﬁguration item will be displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀“Show฀AirPort฀status฀in฀menu฀bar”฀check฀box฀at฀the฀bottom฀conguration฀item.

The AirPort status ( / / ) will be displayed on the menu bar.

6฀Click฀the฀[฀฀]฀button฀at฀the฀upper฀left฀on฀the฀Network฀conguration฀window.

The Network conﬁguration window will be closed.

199

8. User Supportware

3฀Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀icon฀in฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder.

•฀At฀the฀initial฀start,฀the฀“License฀Agreement”฀window฀is฀displayed.฀

Thoroughly read the agreement shown on the screen, and click “I accept the terms in the license agreement”

and the [OK] button.

Next, the “Authenticate” window will be displayed.

4฀Enter฀the฀administrator฀name฀and฀password฀of฀your฀Macintosh฀computer,฀and฀click฀the฀[OK]฀button.

The [Projector Selection] window will be displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀(฀฀)฀check฀box฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀projector฀name฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

The Macintosh computer and the projector are connected via wireless LAN, and images on the Macintosh screen

are projected from the projector.

200

8. User Supportware

Stopping/Restarting฀Image฀Transmission

•฀Stopping฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Stop฀Sending].

Image transmission is temporarily stopped.

•฀Restarting฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Start฀Sending].

Image transmission is started again.

Exiting฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2

1฀Click฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Quit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2].

Image Express Utility 2 is exited.

201

9. Appendix

 Throw distance and screen size

Five฀separate฀bayonet฀style฀lenses฀can฀be฀used฀on฀this฀projector.฀Refer฀to฀the฀information฀on฀this฀page฀and฀use฀a฀

lens฀suited฀for฀the฀installation฀environment฀(screen฀size฀and฀throw฀distance).฀For฀instructions฀on฀mounting฀the฀lens,฀

see฀page฀

141.

Lens types and throw distance

PA600X/PA500X

Screen฀sizeLens฀model฀name

NP11FLNP12ZLNP13ZLNP14ZLNP15ZL

30"

0.7฀-฀0.9

40"0.6 0.9฀-฀1.21.2฀-฀2.4

60"1.0 1.4฀-฀1.91.8฀-฀3.73.6฀-฀5.85.7฀-฀8.7

80"1.31.9฀-฀2.52.4฀-฀4.94.8฀-฀7.87.6฀-฀11.6

100"1.6 2.4฀-฀3.23.0฀-฀6.16.0฀-฀9.79.6฀-฀14.6

120"2.0 2.9฀-฀3.83.7฀-฀7.47.3฀-฀11.711.5฀-฀17.6

150"2.5 3.7฀-฀4.84.6฀-฀9.29.1฀-฀14.714.4฀-฀22.0

200"4.9฀-฀6.46.1฀-฀12.312.2฀-฀19.619.3฀-฀29.4

240"5.9฀-฀7.77.4฀-฀14.814.7฀-฀23.623.2฀-฀35.3

300"7.4฀-฀9.69.2฀-฀18.518.4฀-฀29.529.1฀-฀44.2

400"9.8฀-฀12.812.3฀-฀24.724.6฀-฀39.438.8฀-฀59.0

500"12.3฀-฀16.015.4฀-฀30.830.7฀-฀49.248.6฀-฀73.8

TIP

Calculation฀of฀the฀throw฀distance฀from฀the฀screen฀size

NP11FL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀0.8฀:฀0.6฀m฀(min.)฀to฀2.5฀m฀(max.)฀

NP12ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.2฀to฀H฀×฀1.6฀:฀0.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀16.0฀m฀(max.)฀

NP13ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.5฀to฀H฀×฀3.0฀:฀1.2฀m฀(min.)฀to฀30.8฀m฀(max.)฀

NP14ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀3.0฀to฀H฀×฀4.8฀:฀3.6฀m฀(min.)฀to฀49.2฀m฀(max.)฀

NP15ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀4.7฀to฀H฀×฀7.3฀:฀5.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀73.8฀m฀(max.)฀

“H”฀(Horizontal)฀refers฀to฀the฀screen฀width.

*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀with฀the฀table฀above฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

Ex.:฀Throw฀distance฀when฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen฀with฀the฀PA600X/PA500X฀using฀the฀NP13ZL฀lens:

According฀to฀the฀“Screen฀Size฀(for฀reference)”฀table฀(→฀page฀

204),฀H฀(screen฀width)฀=฀304.8฀cm.

The฀throw฀distance฀is฀304.8฀cm฀×฀1.5฀to฀304.8฀cm฀×฀3.0฀=฀457.2฀cm฀to฀914.4฀cm฀(because฀of฀the฀zoom฀lens).

202

9. Appendix

PA550W

Screen฀sizeLens฀model฀name

NP11FLNP12ZLNP13ZLNP14ZLNP15ZL

30"

0.7฀-฀1.0

40"0.71.0฀-฀1.31.3฀-฀2.5

60"1.0 1.5 - 2.0 1.9฀-฀3.83.8฀-฀6.15.9฀-฀9.1

80"1.42.0 - 2.6 2.6 - 5.1 5.1 - 8.2 8.0 - 12.2

100"1.7

2.5฀-฀3.33.2฀-฀6.46.3฀-฀10.210.0฀-฀15.4

120"2.1 3.1฀-฀4.03.9฀-฀7.77.6฀-฀12.312.1 - 18.5

150"2.6

3.8฀-฀5.04.8฀-฀9.79.6฀-฀15.415.2฀-฀23.1

200"5.1฀-฀6.76.5฀-฀12.912.8 - 20.6 20.3฀-฀30.9

240"6.2 - 8.0 7.8฀-฀15.515.4฀-฀24.724.4฀-฀37.1

300"7.7฀-฀10.19.7฀-฀19.419.3฀-฀30.930.5฀-฀46.5

400"10.3฀-฀13.413.0฀-฀25.925.8฀-฀41.340.7฀-฀62.0

500"12.9฀-฀16.816.2฀-฀32.432.2฀-฀51.751.0฀-฀77.6

TIP

Calculation฀of฀the฀throw฀distance฀from฀the฀screen฀size

NP11FL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀0.8฀:฀0.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀2.6฀m฀(max.)฀

NP12ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.2฀to฀H฀×฀1.6฀:฀0.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀16.8฀m฀(max.)฀

NP13ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.5฀to฀H฀×฀3.0฀:฀1.3฀m฀(min.)฀to฀32.4฀m฀(max.)฀

NP14ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀3.0฀to฀H฀×฀4.8฀:฀3.8฀m฀(min.)฀to฀51.7฀m฀(max.)฀

NP15ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀4.7฀to฀H฀×฀7.2฀:฀5.9฀m฀(min.)฀to฀77.6฀m฀(max.)฀

“H”฀(Horizontal)฀refers฀to฀the฀screen฀width.

*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀with฀the฀table฀above฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

Ex.:฀Throw฀distance฀when฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen฀with฀the฀PA550W฀using฀the฀NP13ZL฀lens:

According฀to฀the฀“Screen฀Size฀(for฀reference)”฀table฀(→฀page฀

204),฀H฀(screen฀width)฀=฀323.1฀cm.

The฀throw฀distance฀is฀323.1฀cm฀×฀1.5฀to฀323.1฀cm฀×฀3.0฀=฀484.7฀cm฀to฀969.3฀cm฀(because฀of฀the฀zoom฀lens).

PA500U

Screen฀sizeLens฀model฀name

NP11FLNP12ZLNP13ZLNP14ZLNP15ZL

30"

0.7฀-฀0.9

40"0.71.0฀-฀1.31.2 - 2.5

60"1.0

1.5฀-฀1.91.9฀-฀3.83.7฀-฀6.05.9฀-฀9.0

80"1.42.0 - 2.6 2.5 - 5.1 5.0 - 8.0 7.9฀-฀12.1

100"1.72.5฀-฀3.33.2฀-฀6.36.3฀-฀10.19.9฀-฀15.1

120"2.1 3.0฀-฀3.93.4฀-฀7.67.5฀-฀12.111.9฀-฀18.2

150"2.6 3.8฀-฀4.94.8฀-฀9.59.4฀-฀15.214.9฀-฀22.8

200"5.1 - 6.6 6.6฀-฀12.712.6฀-฀20.320.0฀-฀30.5

240"6.1฀-฀7.97.6฀-฀15.315.2฀-฀24.424.0฀-฀36.6

300"7.6฀-฀9.99.6฀-฀19.119.0฀-฀31.530.1฀-฀45.8

400"10.2฀-฀13.212.8 - 25.5 25.4฀-฀40.740.1฀-฀61.1

500"12.7฀-฀16.516.0฀-฀31.931.8฀-฀50.950.2฀-฀76.4

TIP

Calculation฀of฀the฀throw฀distance฀from฀the฀screen฀size

NP11FL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀0.8฀:฀0.5฀m฀(min.)฀to฀2.6฀m฀(max.)฀

NP12ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.2฀to฀H฀×฀1.5฀:฀0.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀16.5฀m฀(max.)฀

NP13ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.5฀to฀H฀×฀3.0฀:฀1.2฀m฀(min.)฀to฀31.9฀m฀(max.)฀

NP14ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀2.9฀to฀H฀×฀4.7฀:฀3.7฀m฀(min.)฀to฀50.9฀m฀(max.)฀

NP15ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀4.6฀to฀H฀×฀7.1฀:฀5.9฀m฀(min.)฀to฀76.4฀m฀(max.)฀

“H”฀(Horizontal)฀refers฀to฀the฀screen฀width.

*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀with฀the฀table฀above฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

Ex.:฀Throw฀distance฀when฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen฀with฀the฀PA500U฀using฀the฀NP13ZL฀lens:

According฀to฀the฀“Screen฀Size฀(for฀reference)”฀table฀(→฀page฀

204),฀H฀(screen฀width)฀=฀323.1฀cm.

The฀throw฀distance฀is฀323.1฀cm฀×฀1.5฀to฀323.1฀cm฀×฀3.0฀=฀484.7฀cm฀to฀969.3฀cm฀(because฀of฀the฀zoom฀lens).

203

9. Appendix

Projection฀range฀for฀the฀different฀lenses

40-150"

30-500"

40-500"

60-500"

PA600X/PA500X : 0.6 - 2.5m

PA550W : 0.7 - 2.6m

PA500U : 0.5 - 2.6m

PA600X/

PA500X

0.7 - 16.0m

PA550W

0.7 - 16.8m

PA500U

0.7 - 16.5m

NP12ZL

NP11FL

PA600X/PA500X : 1.2 - 30.8m

PA550W : 1.3 - 32.4m

PA500U : 1.2 - 31.9m

PA600X/PA500X : 5.7 - 73.8m

PA550W : 5.9 - 77.6m

PA500U : 5.9 - 76.4m

PA600X/PA500X : 3.6 - 49.2m

PA550W : 3.8 - 51.7m

PA500U : 3.7 - 50.9m

NP14ZL

NP15ZL

NP13ZL

204

9. Appendix

Tables of screen sizes and dimensions

PA600X/PA500X

PA550W/PA500U

Screen

height

Screen

height

Screen width

4:3 screen size

(diagonal)

16:10 screen size

(diagonal)

Size฀

(inches)

Screen฀widthScreen฀height

(inches)(cm)(inches)(cm)

302461.0 18 45.7

403281.32461.0

60 48121.93691.4

80 64162.6 48121.9

100 80 203.260 152.4

120 96243.872182.9

150 120 304.890228.6

200 160 406.4120 304.8

240192487.7144365.8

300240609.6180 457.2

400320812.8 240609.6

500 4001016.0 300762.0

Size฀

(inches)

Screen฀widthScreen฀height

(inches)(cm)(inches)(cm)

3025.464.615.940.4

4033.986.2 21.2 53.8

60 50.9129.231.880.8

80 67.8172.342.4107.7

100 84.8215.453.0134.6

120 101.8 258.5 63.6161.5

150 127.2323.179.5201.9

200 169.6430.8106.0 269.2

240203.5516.9127.2323.1

300254.4646.2159.0403.9

400339.2861.6 212.0 538.5

500 424.01077.0265.0 673.1

205

9. Appendix

Lens shifting range

This฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀lens฀shift฀function฀for฀adjusting฀the฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀by฀turning฀the฀lens฀

shift฀dials.฀The฀lens฀can฀be฀shifted฀within฀the฀range฀shown฀below.

Description฀of฀symbols:฀V฀indicates฀vertical฀(height฀of฀the฀projected฀image),฀H฀indicates฀horizontal฀(width฀of฀the฀

projected฀image).

NOTE:฀The฀lens฀shift฀function฀cannot฀be฀used฀when฀using฀the฀NP11FL฀lens.

PA600X/PA500X

Desk/front฀projection

0.3H 0.3H

0.5V

0.1V

0.1H 0.1H

Ceiling/front฀projector

0.3H

0.1H 0.1H

0.3H

0.5V

0.1V

PA550W

Desk/front฀projection

0.3H 0.3H

0.6V

0.1V

0.1H 0.1H

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

206

9. Appendix

Ceiling/front฀projector

0.3H

0.1H 0.1H

0.3H

0.6V

0.1V

PA500U

Desk/front฀projection

0.3H

0.1H

0.3H

0.5V

0.1V

0.1H

Ceiling/front฀projector

0.3H*

0.1H

0.5V

0.1V

0.1H

NOTE*

:฀Horizontal฀lens฀shift฀range฀is฀0.15H฀at฀more฀than฀150"฀projected฀image฀with฀the฀lens฀NP13ZL.

Ex.:฀When฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen

This฀section฀is฀illustrated฀in฀the฀example฀for฀PA600X/PA500X฀(4:3)

•฀The฀following฀description฀can฀apply฀to฀the฀PA550W฀and฀PA500U฀(16:10).฀To฀calculate,฀use฀screen฀sizes฀and฀the฀

maximum฀value฀for฀the฀lens฀shift฀for฀PA550W฀and฀PA500U.

According฀to฀the฀tables฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions฀(→฀page฀204),฀H฀=฀304.8฀cm,฀V฀=฀228.6฀cm.

Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction:฀The฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀upwards฀0.5฀×฀228.6฀cm฀=฀114฀cm,฀

downwards฀0.1฀×฀228.6฀cm฀=฀22฀cm฀(when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀position).฀For฀a฀ceiling/front฀installation,฀the฀above฀

gures฀are฀inverted.

Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction:฀The฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀to฀the฀left฀0.3฀×฀304.8฀cm฀=฀91฀cm,฀

to฀the฀right฀0.3฀×฀304.8฀cm฀=฀91฀cm.

*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

Height of projected

image

Width of projected image

207

9. Appendix

 Compatible Input Signal List

Analog฀RGB

Signal Resolution ( dots ) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate ( Hz )

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60/72/75/85/iMac

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 56/60/72/75/85/iMac

XGA 1024 × 768

4 : 3 60/70/75/85/iMac

XGA+ 1152 × 864 4 : 3 60/70/75/85

WXGA 1280 × 768

15 : 9 60

1280 × 800

16 : 10 60

1360 × 768

16 : 9 60

1366 × 768

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60/75/85

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60/75/85

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60/75

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200

4 : 3 60/65/70/75

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200

16 : 10 60 (Reduced Blanking)

HD 1280 × 720

16 : 9 60

Full HD 1920 × 1080

16 : 9 60

MAC 13" 640 × 480 4 : 3 67

MAC 16" 832 × 624 4 : 3 75

MAC 19" 1024 × 768 4 : 3 75

MAC 21" 1152 × 870

4 : 3 75

MAC 23" 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 65

HDMI

Signal Resolution ( dots ) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate ( Hz )

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 60

XGA 1024 × 768

4 : 3 60

HD 1280 × 720

16 : 9 60

WXGA 1280 × 768

15 : 9 60

1280 × 800

16 : 10 60

1366 × 768

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200

4 : 3 60

Full HD 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200

16 : 10 60 (Reduced Blanking)

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(1080i) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV (720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV (480p) 720 × 480 4:3 / 16:9 60

SDTV (576p) 720 × 576 4:3 / 16:9 50

SDTV(480i) 1440 × 480 4:3 / 16:9 60

SDTV(576i) 1440 × 576 4:3 / 16:9 50

208

9. Appendix

DisplayPort

Signal Resolution ( dots ) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate ( Hz )

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 60

XGA 1024 × 768

4 : 3 60

HD 1280 × 720

16 : 9 60

WXGA 1280 × 768

15 : 9 60

1280 × 800

16 : 10 60

1366 × 768

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200

4 : 3 60

Full HD 1920 × 1080

16 : 9 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200

16 : 10 60 (Reduced Blanking)

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV (720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV (480p) 720 × 480 4:3 / 16:9 60

SDTV (576p) 720 × 576 4:3 / 16:9 50

Component

Signal Resolution ( dots ) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate ( Hz )

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(1080i) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV (720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV (480p) 720 × 480 4:3 / 16:9 60

SDTV (576p) 720 × 576 4:3 / 16:9 50

SDTV(480i) 720 × 480 4:3 / 16:9 60

SDTV(576i) 720 × 576 4:3 / 16:9 50

Composite฀Video/S-Video

Signal Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate ( Hz )

NTSC 4 : 3 60

PAL 4 : 3 50

PAL60 4 : 3 60

SECAM 4 : 3 50

*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀XGA฀model฀(PA600X/PA500X)฀

*2฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WXGA฀model฀(PA550W)

*3฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WUXGA฀model฀(PA500U)

*4฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

*5฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀signals,฀select฀[4:3]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

•฀Signals฀exceeding฀the฀projector’s฀resolution฀are฀handled฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

•฀With฀Advanced฀AccuBlend,฀the฀size฀of฀characters฀and฀ruled฀lines฀may฀be฀uneven฀and฀colors฀may฀be฀blurred.

•฀Upon฀shipment,฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀for฀signals฀with฀standard฀display฀resolutions฀and฀frequencies,฀but฀adjustments฀

may฀be฀required฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀computer.

209

9. Appendix

 Speciﬁcations

Model฀namePA600X/PA500X/PA550W/PA500U

Method

Three฀primary฀color฀liquid฀crystal฀shutter฀projection฀method

Specications฀of฀main฀parts

Liquid฀crystal฀

panel

SizePA600X/PA500X:฀0.79"฀(with฀MLA)฀×฀3฀(aspect฀ratio:฀4:3)

PA550W:฀0.75"฀(with฀MLA)฀×฀3฀(aspect฀ratio:฀16:10)

PA500U:฀0.76"฀(with฀MLA)฀×฀3฀(aspect฀ratio:฀16:10)

Pixels฀(*1)PA600X/PA500X:฀786,432฀(1024฀dots฀×฀768฀lines)

PA550W:฀1,024,000฀(1280฀dots฀×฀800฀lines)

PA500U:฀2,304,000฀(1920฀dots฀×฀1200฀lines)

Projection฀lensesZoomManual฀(zoom฀range฀depends฀on฀lens)

FocusManual

Lens฀shiftingManual

Light฀source330W฀AC฀lamp฀(264W฀when฀Eco฀mode฀is฀on)

Optical฀device฀Optical฀isolation฀by฀dichroic฀mirror,฀combining฀by฀dichroic฀prism

Light฀output฀(*2)฀

(*3)

ECO฀OFFPA600X:฀6000฀lm,฀PA500X:฀5000฀lm,฀PA550W:฀5500฀lm,฀PA500U:฀5000฀lm

ECO฀ON(80฀%)PA600X:฀4800฀lm,฀PA500X:฀4000฀lm,฀PA550W:฀4400฀lm,฀PA500U:฀4000฀lm

Contrast฀ratio฀(*2)฀(all฀white/all฀black)2000:1

Screen฀size฀(throw฀distance)฀30"฀to฀500"฀(throw฀distance฀depends฀on฀lens)

Color฀reproducibility฀10-bit฀color฀processing฀(approx.฀1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(*4)

Audio฀output฀Built-in฀10W฀monaural฀speaker

Scanning฀frequencyHorizontal15฀to฀108฀kHz฀or฀less฀(24฀kHz฀or฀greater฀for฀RGB฀inputs),฀conforming฀to฀VESA฀

standards

Vertical

48฀to฀120฀Hz฀(50฀to฀85฀Hz฀for฀HDMI฀inputs),฀conforming฀to฀VESA฀standards

Main฀adjustment฀functionsManual฀zoom,฀manual฀focus,฀manual฀lens฀shift,฀input฀signal฀switching฀(Computer/

HDMI/DisplayPort/Video/S-Video/Viewer/Network),฀auto฀image฀adjustment,฀picture฀

enlarging,฀picture฀position฀adjustment,฀muting฀(both฀video฀and฀audio),฀power฀on/off,฀

on-screen฀display/selection,฀etc.

Max.฀display฀resolution฀(horizontal฀×฀

vertical)

PA600X/PA500X/PA550W:฀1920฀×฀1200฀(handled฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend)

PA500U:฀1920฀×฀1200

Input฀signals

R,G,B,H,V

RGB:฀0.7Vp-p/75Ω

Y:฀1.0Vp-p/75Ω฀(with฀Negative฀Polarity฀Sync)

Cb,฀Cr฀(Pb,฀Pr):฀0.7Vp-p/75Ω

H/V฀Sync:฀4.0Vp-p/TTL

Composite฀Sync:฀4.0Vp-p/TTL

Sync฀on฀G:฀1.0Vp-p/75Ω฀(with฀Sync)

Composite฀video฀

1.0Vp-p/75Ω

S-Video

Y:฀1.0Vp-p/75Ω

C:฀286Vp-p/75Ω

Component

Y:฀1.0Vp-p/75Ω฀(with฀Sync)

Cb,฀Cr฀(Pb,฀Pr):฀0.7Vp-p/75Ω

DTV:฀480i,฀480p,฀720p,฀1080i,฀1080p฀(60Hz)

฀576i,฀576p,฀720p,฀1080i฀(50Hz)

DVD:฀Progressive฀signal฀(50/60Hz)

Audio

0.5Vrms/22kΩ฀or฀greater

210

9. Appendix

Model฀namePA600X/PA500X/PA550W/PA500U

Input/output฀connectors

Computer/

Component

Video฀input฀Mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀×฀2,฀BNC฀connector฀×฀5

Video฀output฀Mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀×฀1

Audio฀input฀Stereo฀mini฀jack฀×฀3

Audio฀output฀Stereo฀mini฀jack฀×฀1฀(common฀for฀all฀signals)

HDMIVideo฀input฀HDMI

฀Connector฀type฀A฀×฀1

Deep฀Color฀(color฀depth):฀8-/10-/12-bit฀compatible

Colorimetry:฀RGB,฀YcbCr444฀and฀YcbCr422฀compatible

LipSync฀compatible,฀HDCP฀compatible฀(*5)

Audio฀input฀HDMI:฀Sampling฀frequency฀–฀32/44.1/48฀kHz

฀Sampling฀bits฀–฀16/20/24฀bits

DisplayPortVideo฀input฀DisplayPort฀×฀1

Data฀rate:฀2.7Gbps/1.62Gbps

No.฀lanes:฀1฀lane/2฀lanes/4฀lanes

Color฀depth:฀6-bit,฀8-bit,฀10-bit

Colorimetry:฀RGB,฀YcbCr444฀and฀YcbCr422฀compatible

HDCP฀compatible฀(*5)

Audio฀input฀DisplayPort:฀Sampling฀frequency฀–฀32/44.1/48฀kHz

฀Sampling฀bits฀–฀16/20/24฀bits

VideoVideo฀input฀RCA฀×฀1

Audio฀input฀RCA฀(RCA฀L/R)฀×฀1

S-VideoVideo฀input฀Mini฀DIN฀4-pin฀×฀1

Audio฀input฀(Common฀with฀video฀audio฀input฀connector)

PC฀control฀connectorD-Sub฀9-pin฀×฀1

USB฀portUSB฀type฀A฀×฀1

USB฀port฀for฀wireless฀LANUSB฀type฀A฀×฀1

LAN฀portRJ-45฀×฀1,฀10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Remote฀connectorStereo฀mini฀jack฀×฀1

Usage฀environmentOperating฀temperature:฀5฀to฀40ºC฀(*6)

Operating฀humidity:฀20฀to฀80%฀(with฀no฀condensation)

Storage฀temperature:฀-10฀to฀50ºC฀(*6)

Storage฀humidity:฀20฀to฀80%฀(with฀no฀condensation)

Power฀supply100-240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Power฀

consumption

Eco฀mode฀off฀PA600X/PA500X/PA550W:฀464W฀(100-130V)/443W฀(200-240V)

PA500U:฀477W฀(100-130V)/455W฀(200-240V)

Eco฀mode฀onPA600X/PA500X/PA550W:฀372W฀(100-130V)/356W฀(200-240V)

PA500U:฀384W฀(100-130V)/369W฀(200-240V)

Standby฀16W฀(100-130V)/18W฀(200-240V)

(6W฀in฀Network฀standby฀mode)฀

Power-saving฀mode0.2W

Rated฀input฀current฀5.1A - 2.1A

External฀dimensions฀19.7"฀(width)฀×฀5.7"฀(height)฀×฀14.1"฀(depth)/499฀(width)฀×฀144฀(height)฀×฀359฀(depth)฀

mm฀(not฀including฀protruding฀parts)

Weight฀PA600X/PA500X/PA550W:17.0฀lbs/7.7฀kg

PA500U:฀17.2฀lbs/7.8฀kg

(not฀including฀lens)

*1:฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.฀

*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀

selected฀as฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005฀

*4:฀Full฀color฀(approx.฀16.77฀million฀colors฀or฀greater)฀when฀the฀HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀viewer฀or฀network฀input฀connector฀

is฀selected.

*5:฀HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP฀

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?฀

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀

(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀Digital฀Visual฀Interface฀(DVI).฀

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀

properly.฀With฀the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀

and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀

LLC).฀

*6:฀35฀to฀40ºC฀–฀“Forced฀eco฀mode”

-฀These฀specications฀and฀the฀product’s฀design฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

211

9. Appendix

499 (19.6")

250 (9.8")

164 (6.5")

144 (5.7")

78.6

(3.1")

200

(7.9")

359 (14.1")

368.1 (14.5")

 Cabinet Dimensions

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

212

9. Appendix

 Mounting the cable cover (sold separately)

Mounting฀the฀separately฀sold฀cable฀cover฀on฀the฀projector฀allows฀you฀hide฀the฀cables฀for฀a฀cleaner฀

appearance.

CAUTION

•฀After฀mounting฀the฀cable฀cover,฀be฀sure฀to฀fasten฀using฀the฀screws฀provided.฀If฀not,฀the฀cable฀cover฀could฀fall,฀

damaging฀the฀cable฀cover฀and฀possibly฀resulting฀in฀injury.

•฀Do฀not฀bundle฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀place฀it฀under฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀re.

•฀Do฀not฀apply฀excessive฀force฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀so฀could฀damage฀the฀cable฀cover,฀resulting฀in฀the฀

projector฀falling฀or฀causing฀injury.

Mounting

Preparations:

1. Connect the power cord and cables to the projector (the connection cords are omitted from the diagrams).

2. Prepare a Phillips screwdriver.

1. Insert the two round protrusions on the left and right edges

of the cable cover into the grooves in the bottom of the

projector to line it up.

NOTE:฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀let฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀cables฀get฀pinched฀by฀the฀

cable฀cover.

2.฀Turn฀the฀cable฀cover฀screw฀clockwise.

- Tighten the screw securely.

Removing

1.฀Turn฀the฀cable฀cover฀screw฀counterclockwise฀until฀it฀turns฀

loosely.

- Hold the cable cover while doing this to prevent it from

falling.

- The screw does not come completely off.

2. Remove the cable cover.

- Turn the cable cover a little, then lift it off.

213

9. Appendix

 Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

Signal฀Level

Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)

Sync฀signal฀:฀TTL฀level

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

Pin No. RGB฀Signal฀(Analog)YCbCr฀Signal

1 RedCr

2 Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀GreenY

3BlueCb

4Ground

5 Ground

Red฀GroundCr฀Ground

7Green฀GroundY฀Ground

8 Blue฀GroundCb฀Ground

9No฀Connection

10 Sync฀Signal฀Ground

11 No฀Connection

12 Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)

13Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀

Sync

14Vertical฀Sync

15 Data฀Clock

214

9. Appendix

 Troubleshooting

This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.

Indicator Messages

Power฀Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off฀Power฀is฀off.–

FlashingBlue฀(short฀ashes)Preparing฀to฀turn฀power฀onWait฀a฀while.

Blue฀(long฀ashes)Off฀timer฀(enabled)

Program฀timer฀(off฀time฀enabled)

–

Orange฀(short฀

ashes)

Projector฀coolingWait฀a฀while.

Orange฀(long฀ashes)Program฀timer฀(on฀time฀enabled)

LitBluePower฀on–

Orange

Standby฀mode฀(NORMAL฀or฀NETWORK฀

STANDBY)

–

Red฀Standby฀mode฀(POWER-SAVING)–

Status Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

OffNo฀problem,฀or฀

standby฀mode฀

(POWER-SAVING฀or

NETWORK฀STAND-

BY)

–

FlashingRed฀(cycles฀

of฀1)

Cover฀problem

The฀lamp฀cover฀is฀not฀properly฀mounted.฀Mount฀it฀properly.฀(→

Page฀

161)

Red฀(cycles฀

of฀4)

Fan฀problemThe฀cooling฀fan฀has฀stopped฀turning.฀Contact฀an฀NEC฀projector฀

customer฀support฀center฀for฀repairs.

Red฀(cycles฀

of฀9)

Iris฀error฀The฀iris฀is฀not฀operating฀properly.฀Contact฀an฀NEC฀projector฀

customer฀support฀center฀for฀repairs.

FlashingOrangeNetwork฀conictIt฀is฀not฀possible฀to฀connect฀the฀projector’s฀built-in฀LAN฀and฀

wireless฀LAN฀simultaneously฀to฀the฀same฀network.฀To฀connect฀

the฀projector’s฀built-in฀LAN฀and฀wireless฀LAN฀simultaneously,฀

connect฀them฀to฀different฀networks.

LitGreen฀Standby฀mode฀

(NORMAL)

–

OrangeButton฀has฀been฀

pressed฀while฀

projector฀is฀in฀key฀lock฀

mode

The฀projector’s฀keys฀are฀locked.฀The฀setting฀must฀be฀canceled฀

to฀operate฀the฀projector.฀(→฀Page฀

106)

Projector’s฀ID฀number฀

and฀remote฀control’s฀

ID฀number฀do฀not฀

match

Check฀the฀control฀IDs.฀(→฀Pages฀

106 and 107)

215

9. Appendix

Lamp Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off

The฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off.–

FlashingGreenPreparing฀to฀relight฀lamp฀after฀

lighting฀has฀failed

Wait฀a฀while.

RedLamp฀replacement฀grace฀

period

The฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀service฀life฀and฀

is฀now฀in฀the฀replacement฀grace฀period฀(100฀hours).฀

Replace฀the฀lamp฀as฀soon฀as฀possible.฀(→฀page฀

159)

Red฀(cycles฀

of฀6)

Lamp฀does฀not฀lightThe฀lamp฀has฀not฀turned฀on.฀Wait฀at฀least฀1฀minute,฀then฀

turn฀the฀power฀back฀on.฀If฀the฀lamp฀still฀does฀not฀light,฀

contact฀an฀NEC฀projector฀customer฀support฀center.

LitRedLamp฀usage฀time฀exceededThe฀lamp฀has฀exceeded฀its฀usage฀time.฀The฀projector’s฀

power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀until฀the฀lamp฀is฀replaced.฀

(→฀page฀

159)

GreenLamp฀lit–

Temp. Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

OffNo฀problem

FlashingRed฀(cycles฀of฀2)Temperature฀problemThe฀temperature฀protector฀has฀been฀activated.฀If฀the฀

room฀temperature฀is฀high,฀move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cool฀

place.฀If฀the฀problem฀still฀persists,฀contact฀an฀NEC฀

projector฀customer฀support฀center.

LitOrangeHigh฀surrounding฀temperatureThe฀surrounding฀temperature฀is฀high.฀Lower฀the฀room฀

temperature.

If the temperature protector is activated

If฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀temperature฀rises฀abnormally,฀the฀lamp฀turns฀off฀and฀the฀temperature฀indicator฀ashes฀

(repeatedly฀in฀cycles฀of฀2).

It฀may฀happen฀that฀the฀projector’s฀temperature฀protector฀is฀simultaneously฀activated฀and฀the฀projector’s฀power฀turns฀

off.

If฀this฀happens,฀do฀the฀following:

-฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀power฀outlet.

-฀If฀using฀in฀a฀place฀where฀the฀surrounding฀temperature฀is฀high,฀move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀different,฀cool฀place.

-฀If฀there฀is฀dust฀in฀the฀ventilation฀holes,฀clean.฀(→ pages

155 and 158)

-฀Wait฀as฀such฀about฀1฀hour฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀temperature฀to฀lower.

216

9. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(→฀“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀214.)

ProblemCheck฀These฀Items

Does not turn on

or shut down

•฀Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀

control is on. (→ pages

13, 14)

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀(→ page 161)

•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀

room where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.

•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀

of its life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. (→ page 116)

•฀The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.

•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀

meters or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher without

setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this

happens, wait a couple minutes and turn on the projector. (→ page 108)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image

for some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.

Will turn off

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER],฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀or฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀off.฀(→ page

101, 111)

No picture

•฀

Check if the appropriate input is selected. (→ page

16) If there is still no picture, press the SOURCE button

or one of the input buttons again.

•฀Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.

•฀Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀(→ page 93)

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀lens฀cover฀is฀open.฀(→ page 14)

•฀Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀(→ page 116)

•฀Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀(→ page 37)

•฀If the HDMI input or the DisplayPort signal cannot be displayed, try the following.

- Reinstall your driver for the graphics card built in your computer, or use the updated driver.

For reinstalling or updating your driver, refer to the user guide accompanied with your computer or graphics

card, or contact the support center for your computer manufacturer.

Install the updated driver or OS on your own responsibility.

We are not liable for any trouble and failure caused by this installation.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀

on the power to the notebook PC.

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector

before being powered up.

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software.

•฀See฀also฀the฀page฀218.

Picture suddenly

becomes dark

•฀Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀

lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. (→ page 108)

Color tone or hue is

unusual

•฀Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀(→ page

101)

•฀Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀(→ page 93)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

•฀Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀(→ page

17)

•฀Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀(→ page 22)

Picture is blurred

•฀Adjust฀the฀focus.฀(→ page

19)

•฀Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀(→ page 17)

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.

(→ page

201)

•฀Has the lens been shifted by an amount exceeding the guaranteed range? (→ page 205)

•฀Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀on.฀

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.

217

9. Appendix

Flicker appears on

screen

•฀

Set [FAN MODE] to other than [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode when using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500

feet/1600 meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters and setting

to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to [AUTO]. (→

page 108)

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

•฀Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀

supported by the projector. (→ page 207)

•฀Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀Horizontal/Vertical฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀(→ page 95)

Remote control does

not work

•฀Install฀new฀batteries.(→ page

•฀Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.

•฀Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(→ page

•฀To perform computer mouse operations using the projector’s remote control, connect the optional mouse

receiver to the computer. (→ page

30)

Indicator is lit or

blinking

•฀See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀(→ page

214)

Cross color in RGB

mode

•฀Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀(→ page

24)

•฀Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀(→ page

94)

For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.

218

9. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.

฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

฀In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀

being฀powered฀up.

NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀

this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(→฀page฀

113฀or฀go฀to฀next฀step)

•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.

฀Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.฀

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-

ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer

฀If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀

correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀

notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.฀

Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.

•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Macintosh

฀When฀using฀a฀Macintosh฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀

according฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Macintosh฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.

฀For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Macintosh฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

on฀a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

to฀the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Macintosh.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀

and฀then฀restart฀the฀Macintosh฀again.

NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Computer฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀PowerBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀

15-pin฀connector.

•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀PowerBook

*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀Macintosh฀PowerBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀

is฀off฀on฀your฀PowerBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Macintosh฀computer฀for฀mirroring.

•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀screen

฀Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀→฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀

menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.

219

9. Appendix

NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.

Cable Connection

Communication฀Protocol

Baud rate .........................................38400 bps

Data length

......................................8 bits

Parity ...............................................No parity

Stop bit ............................................One bit

X on/off ............................................None

Communications procedure .............Full duplex

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

 PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 02H 0AH

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 3 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 03H 0BH

INPUT SELECT HDMI 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUT SELECT DisplayPort 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1BH 23H

INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUT SELECT S-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUT SELECT VIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUT SELECT NETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H

SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H

NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.

NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.

NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.

15243

67 98

To GND of PC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To RTS of PC

To CTS of PC

220

9. Appendix

 Troubleshooting Check List

Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀

referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀

more฀efciently.

*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.

Frequency of occurrence  always  sometimes (How often?_____________________)  other (__________________)

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector.

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC.

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.

•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-

nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀

with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀turns฀the฀external฀display฀

on or off.

No image (blue or black background, no display).

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen.

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available.

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement.

No power even though you press and hold the POWER button

for 1 second.

Shut down during operation.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function).

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function).

Video and Audio

Image is too dark.

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast.

Image is distorted.

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).

Parts of the image are lost.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Some pixels are lost.

Image is ﬂickering.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal.

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].

Image appears blurry or out of focus.

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.

No sound.

Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the

projector.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.

AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models

with the AUDIO OUT connector).

Other

Remote control does not work.

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control.

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls.

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu.

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

for a minimum of 10 seconds.

221

9. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No.:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode:  OFF  ON

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H  (+)  (−)

V  (+)  (−)

Synch type  Separate  Composite

 Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light  Orange  Green

Flashing light [ ] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal฀cable

NEC standard or other manufacturer’s cable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Projector

DVD player

Installation environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type:  White matte  Beads  Polarization

 Wide angle  High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation:  Ceiling mount  Desktop

Power outlet connection:



Connected directly to wall outlet

 Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)



Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC  / Desktop 

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Video฀equipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

222

9. Appendix

 TravelCare Guide

TravelCare - a service for international travelers

This฀product฀is฀eligible฀for฀“TravelCare”,฀NEC’s฀unique฀international฀warranty฀and฀repair฀service.

For฀more฀information฀on฀TravelCare฀service,฀visit฀our฀website฀(in฀English฀only).

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_support/travel_care.html

NEC NP-PA500X REPLACED BY NP-P501X 5000-lumen Advanced Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-PA500X REPLACED BY NP-P501X Questions and Answers